Go Math Answer Key

Time to the Minute – Page No. 565

Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.

Question 1.

Answer:  1:16; sixteen minutes after one

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 1 Hour 16 minutes
Read:  sixteen minutes after  one

Question 2.

Type below:
___________

Answer: 10:20; twenty minutes after ten

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 10 Hours 20 minutes
Read:  twenty minutes after  ten

Grade 3 Chapter 10 Fractions Minute Answer Key Question 3.

Type below:
____________

Answer: 4:13;  thirteen minutes after four

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 4 Hour 13 minutes
Read:  thirteen minutes after  four

Question 4.

Type below:
____________

Answer: 12:05; five minutes after twelve

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 12 Hour 05 minutes
Read:  five minutes after  twelve

Question 5.

Type below:
____________

Answer: 7:24; twenty-four minutes after seven

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 7 Hour 24 minutes
Read: twenty-four minutes after seven

Question 6.

Type below:
____________

Answer: 2:51; nine minutes before three

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 2:51
Read:
nine minutes before three

Write the time another way.

Question 7.
23 minutes after 4
______ : ______

Answer: 4:23

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 8.
18 minutes before 11
______ : ______

Answer: 10:42

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 9.
10 minutes before 9
______ : ______

Answer: 8:50

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 10.
7 minutes after 1
______ : ______

Answer: 1:07

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Problem Solving

Question 11.
What time is it when the hour hand is a little past the 3 and the minute hand is pointing to the 3?
______ : ______

Answer: 3:15

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 8.

Question 12.
Pete began practicing at twenty-five minutes before eight. What is another way to write this time?
______ : ______

Answer: 7:35

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Time to the Minute – Page No. 566

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is another way to write 13 minutes before 10?
Options:
a. 9:47
b. 10:13
c. 10:47
d. 11:13

Answer: a. 9:47

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 2.
What time does the clock show?

Options:
a. 2:20
b. 2:40
c. 3:20
d. 4:10

Answer: a. 2:20

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each bird has 2 wings. How many wings will 5 birds have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 10

Answer: d. 10

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 2 counters in each group.
STEP 2 Skip count to find how many wings in all. Skip count by 2s until you say 5 numbers (groups)
There are 5 groups with 2 wings in each group. So, there are 10 wings in all.

Grade 3 Math The Necklace Answer Key Question 4.
Find the unknown factor.
9 × ■ = 36
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 8
d. 27

Answer: a. 4

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 36 counters there are.
There are  9 rows of 36 counters. The unknown factor is 4 (c0lumns). n = 4
9× 4 = 36

Question 5.
Mr. Wren has 56 paintbrushes. He places 8 paintbrushes on each of the tables in the art room. How many tables are in the art room?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 48

Answer: b. 7

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 56 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 8 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 8 until all 56 counters are in groups.
There are 7 groups of 56 counters.

Question 6.
Which number completes the equations?
4 × ▲ = 20 20 ÷ 4 = ▲
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 16

Answer: b. 5

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 20 counters there are. There are  4 rows of 20 counters. The unknown factor is 5 (c0lumns). n = 5
4× 5 = 20
STEP 1 Draw 20 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 20 counters are in groups.
There are 5 groups of 20 counters.

A.M. and P.M. – Page No. 571

Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 1.
eat lunch

Answer: 12:20 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we have our lunch in the afternoon around 12:00 noon to 1:00 P.M. which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight hence the time 12:20 is considered to be P.M.

Question 2.
go home after school

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 2:53 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since the school hours end in the evening and students return to their home around 2:30 P.M. to 3:30 P.M. which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight hence the time 2:53 is considered to be P.M.

Question 3.
see the sunrise

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 6:18 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. At the early hours of the day sunrises which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore the time 6:18 is considered to be A.M.

Question 4.
go for a walk

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:55 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since the people go for a walk to refresh their minds in the evening hours which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight the time 3:55 is considered to be P.M.

Question 5.
go to school

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:10 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since students go to the school in the morning hours which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 8:10 is considered to be A.M.

Question 6.
get ready for art class

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 10:36 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since students go to the art class in the morning hours which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 10:36 is considered to be A.M.

Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 7.
13 minutes after 5:00 in the morning
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 5:13 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since 5:00 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time is considered to be A.M.

 

Question 8.
19 minutes before 9:00 at night
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:41 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.  Since 8:41 in the night time falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 8:41 is considered to be P.M.

Question 9.
quarter before midnight
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 11:45P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 11:45 in the night time falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 11:45 is considered to be P.M.

Question 10.
one-half hour after 4:00 in the morning
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 A.M.

Explanation:
One-half hour = 30 minutes So, by adding 30 minutes to 4:00 A.M. in the morning. We get the time to be 4:30 A.M.
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M.  Since 4:30 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time is considered to be A.M

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Jaime is in math class. What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M.

_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 1:25 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 1:25 in the afternoon hours fall in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time1:25 is considered to be P.M.

Question 12.
Pete began practicing his trumpet at fifteen minutes past three. Write this time using A.M. or P.M.
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:15 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 3:15 in the evening hours fall in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 3:15 is considered to be P.M.

A.M. and P.M. – Page No. 572

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Steven is doing his homework. What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M.

Options:
a. 4:15 P.M.
b. 4:25 A.M.
c. 4:35 P.M.
d. 4:35 A.M.

Answer: c. 4:35 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 4:35 in the evening hours falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 4:35 is considered to be P.M.

Go Math Grade 3 Pdf Lesson 10.3 Answer Key Question 2.
After he finished breakfast, Mr. Edwards left for work fifteen minutes after seven. What time is this? Use A.M. or P.M.
Options:
a. 6:15 A.M.
b. 7:15 A.M.
c. 6:45 P.M.
d. 7:30 P.M.

Answer: b. 7:15 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since 7:15 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 7:15 is considered to be A.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which division equation is related to the multiplication equation 4 × 6 = 24
Options:
a. 24 ÷ 8 = 3
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 6 × 4 = 24
d. 24 ÷ 4 = 6

Answer: d. 24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 24 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 24 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 24 counters.

Question 4.
There are 50 toothpicks in each box. Jaime buys 4 boxes for her party platter. How many toothpicks does Jaime buy in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 54
c. 200
d. 2,000

Answer: c. 200

Explanation:
Step1 let there be 50 toothpicks in each box.
Step2 the number of boxes required is 4
Step3 total number of toothpicks will be the number of boxes multiplied by the number of toothpicks in each box.
4 × 50=200

Question 5.
A pet store sold 145 bags of beef-flavored dog food and 263 bags of cheese-flavored dog food. How many bags of dog food were sold in all?
Options:
a. 118
b. 308
c. 408
d. 422

Answer: c. 408

Explanation:
Total number of bags of dog food sold=145+263

 

 

 

Question 6.
Victoria and Melody are comparing fraction strips. Which statement is NOT correct?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) < \(\frac{4}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{6}\) > \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) > \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{3}\) > \(\frac{3}{3}\)

Answer: b. \(\frac{3}{6}\) > \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:

Take two blocks of the same size and both are made of 6 equal-size squares.
3  squares are shaded green while 4 are shaded with red.
Compare 3/6 and 4/6.
The greater fraction will have the larger
amount of the whole shaded.
Therefore, 3/6>4/6.

Measure Time Intervals – Page No. 577

Find the elapsed time.

Question 1.
Start: 8:10 A.M. End: 8:45 A.M.

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 8:10 A.M. on the number line. Count on from 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. From 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. is 35 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 35 minutes

Question 2.
Start: 6:45 P.M. End: 6:54 P.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 9 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 6:54 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 9 minutes.

Question 3.
Start: 3:00 P.M. End: 3:37 P.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 37 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find3:00 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. From 3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. is 37 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 37 minutes

Question 4.
Start: 10:05 A.M. End: 10:21 A.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 16 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find10:05 A.M. on the number line. Count on from 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. From 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. is 16 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 16 minutes

Question 5.
Start: 7:30 A.M. End: 7:53 A.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 23 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to7:53 A.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 23 minutes.

Question 6.
Start: 5:20 A.M. End: 5:47 A.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 27 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:47 A.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 27 minutes.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A show at the museum starts at 7:40 P.M. and ends at 7:57 P.M. How long is the show?
_______ minutes

Answer: 17 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 7:40 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. From 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. is 17 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 17 minutes
The duration of the show is 17 minutes.

Question 8.
The first train leaves the station at 6:15 A.M. The second train leaves at 6:55 A.M. How much later does the second train leave the station?
_______ minutes

Answer: 40 minutes later

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 6:15 A .M. on the number line. Count on from 6:15 A.M. to 6:55 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 6:15 A.M. to 6:55 A.M. From 6:15 A .M. to 6:55 A.M. is 40 minutes.
So, the second train will leave the station in 40 minutes

Measure Time Intervals – Page No. 578

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marcus began playing basketball at 3:30 P.M. and stopped playing at 3:55 P.M. For how many minutes did he play basketball?
Options:
a. 25 minutes
b. 30 minutes
c. 55 minutes
d. 85 minutes

Answer: a. 25 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 3:30 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:30 P.M. to 3:55 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from3:30 P.M. to3:55 P.M. From 3:30 P.M. to 3:55 P.M. is 25 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 25 minutes
Marcus played basketball for 25 minutes.

Question 2.
The school play started at 8:15 P.M. and ended at 8:56 P.M. How long was the school play?
Options:
a. 15 minutes
b. 31 minutes
c. 41 minutes
d. 56 minutes

Answer: c. 41 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 8:15 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. From 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. is 41  minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 41 minutes
Therefore, the school play was for 41 minutes.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each car has 4 wheels. How many wheels will 7 cars have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 24
c. 27
d. 28

Answer: d. 28

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 4 counters in each group.
STEP 2 Skip count to find how many wheels in all. Skip count by 4s until you say 7 numbers (groups)
There are 7 groups with 4 wheels in each group. So, there are 28 wheels in all.

Question 4.
Which number completes the equations?
3 × ■ = 27 27 ÷ 3 = ■
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: d. 9

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 27 counters there are. There are  3 rows of 27 counters. The unknown factor is 9 (c0lumns). n = 9
3 × 9 = 27
STEP 1 Draw 27 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 3 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 3 until all 27 counters are in groups.
There are 9 groups of 27 counters.

Question 5.
There are 20 napkins in each package. Kelli bought 8 packages for her party. How many napkins did Kelli buy in all?
Options:
a. 28
b. 40
c. 160
d. 180

Answer: c. 160

Explanation:
Step1 let there be 20 napkins in each package.
Step2 the number of packages required is 8
Step3 total number of napkins will be the number of packages multiplied by the number of napkins in each package.
8 × 20=160

Question 6.
Mr. Martin drove 290 miles last week. This week he drove 125 miles more than last week. How many miles did Mr. Martin drive this week?
Options:
a. 125 miles
b. 165 miles
c. 315 miles
d. 415 miles

Answer: d. 165 miles

Explanation:
Total number of miles drove by Mr Martin in this week = 290+125

Use Time Intervals – Page No. 583

Find the starting time.

Question 1.
Ending time: 4:29 P.M.
Elapsed time: 55 minutes

Answer: 3:34 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 55 minutes
So, the starting time is 3:34 P.M.

Question 2.
Ending time: 10:08 A.M.
Elapsed time: 30 minutes

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Find the ending time.

Answer: 9:38 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 3o minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 9:38 A.M.

Question 3.
Starting time: 2:15 A.M.
Elapsed time: 45 minutes

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:00 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 3:00 A.M.
So, the ending time is 3:00 A.M.

Question 4.
Starting time: 6:57 P.M.
Elapsed time: 47 minutes

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 7:44 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 47 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 7:44 P.M.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Jenny spent 35 minutes doing research on the Internet. She finished at 7:10 P.M. At what time did Jenny start her research?
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 6:35 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 35 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 6:35 A.M.

Question 6.
Clark left for school at 7:43 A.M. He got to school 36 minutes later. At what time did Clark get to school?
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:19 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 36 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 8:19 A.M.

Use Time Intervals – Page No. 584

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Cody and his friends started playing a game at 6:30 P.M. It took them 37 minutes to finish the game. At what time did they finish?
Options:
a. 5:07 P.M.
b. 5:53 P.M.
c. 6:53 P.M.
d. 7:07 P.M.

Answer: d. 7:07 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 37 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 7:07 P.M.

Question 2.
Delia worked for 45 minutes on her oil painting. She took a break at 10:35 A.M. At what time did Delia start working on the painting?
Options:
a. 9:40 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 11:20 A.M.
d. 11:30 A.M.

Answer: b. 9:50 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 45 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 9:50 A.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sierra has 30 collector’s pins. She wants to put an equal number of pins in each of 5 boxes. How many pins should she put in each box?

Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: c. 6

Explanation:
Use 30 counters.
Take 5 boxes.
Place 1 counter at a time in each box until all 30 counters are used.
Place the rest of the counters till all the 30 counters (pins) are completed.
Total number of counters in each box is 6.

Question 4.
What time is shown on the clock?

Options:
a. 1:24
b. 2:24
c. 4:12
d. 5:12

Answer: b. 2:24

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 2:24
Read:
• twenty-four minutes after two

Question 5.
Ricardo has 32 books to put on 4 shelves. He puts the same number of books on each shelf. How many books does Ricardo put on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: c. 8

Explanation:
Use 32 counters. (books)
The number of shelves is 4.
Place 1 counter at a time in each shelf until all 32 counters are used.
Place the rest of the counters till all the 32 counters (books) are completed.
Total number of counters in each shelf is 8.

Question 6.
Jon started playing a computer game at 5:35 P.M. He finished the game at 5:52 P.M. How long did Jon play the game?
Options:
a. 17 minutes
b. 23 minutes
c. 25 minutes
d. 27 minutes

Answer: a. 17 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:52 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to
the clock.
So, Jon has spent 17 minutes on the computer playing a game.

Lesson 5 – Page No. 587

Share and Show

Question 1.
Patty went to the shopping mall at 11:30 a.m. She shopped for 25 minutes. She spent 40 minutes eating lunch.
Then she met a friend at a movie.
At what time did Patty meet her friend?
_______ : ________

Answer: 12:35 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.
Count (25+40) minutes after 11:30 A.M.
Therefore the time at which Patty met her friend is 11:30 A.M.+1:05 hrs = 12:35 P.M.

Question 2.
What if Patty goes to the mall at 11:30 A.M. and meets a friend at a movie at 1:15 P.M.?
Patty wants to shop and have 45 minutes for lunch before meeting her friend.
How much time can Patty spend shopping?
_______ minutes

Answer: 60 minutes

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight are written with P.M.
Count 45 minutes before 1:15 P.M. (for lunch) which is equal to 12:30 P.M.
The difference between 12:30 P.M. and 11:30 A.M. gives the time spent by Patty in shopping.
STEP 1 Find 12:30 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. From 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. is 60 minutes.
So, the time spent on shopping is 60 minutes

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 10 Pdf Question 3.
Avery got on the bus at 1:10 p.m. The trip took 90 minutes. Then she walked for 32 minutes to get home. At what time did Avery arrive at home?
_______ : ________ P.M.

Answer: 3:12 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 1:10 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 1:10 P.M.
STEP2 Time spent in the trip= 90 minutes
Time Avery walked to get home = 32 minutes
STEP3 Then draw and label the jumps on the number line.
Add the total minutes; 90+32=122 minutes
So the time at which Avery arrives home is calculated by the cumulative jumps on the number line which is equal to 3:12 P.M.
Question 4.
Kyle and Josh have a total of 64 CDs. Kyle has 12 more CDs than Josh. How many CDs does each boy have?
Josh _______ CDs
Kyle _______ CDs

Answer: Josh has 26 CDs
Kyle has 38 CDs

Explanation:
STEP 1 There are 64 counters. (CDs)
STEP2 Kyle has 12 CDs more than Josh. Place these 12 in a separate group. The leftover number of CDs is 64-12=52
STEP 3 Make 2 group and start placing the counters one after the other in each group until all the 52 counters are grouped
There are 2 groups of 26 counters.
Josh has 26 CDs while Kyle has 26+12 = 38 CDs

Lesson 5 – Page No. 588

Question 5.
Jamal spent 60 minutes using the computer. He spent a half hour of the time playing games and the rest of the time researching his report. How many minutes did Jamal spend researching his report?
_______ minutes

Answer: 30 minutes

Explanation: Jamal has spent half hour=30 minutes playing games and the rest of the time researching for his report.
STEP1 There are 60 counters(minutes).
STEP2 Remove the 30 counters which were used to play games
STEP3 The remaining number of counters in the box is 30
So the time spent on the report =30 minutes

Question 6.
When Caleb got home from school, he worked on his science project for 20 minutes. Then he studied for a test for 30 minutes. He finished at 4:35 p.m. At what time did Caleb get home from school?
_______ : _______ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the time on the number line when Caleb finished his homework.
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 30+20=50 minutes
Therefore Caleb got home from school at 3:45 P.M.

Question 7.
Miguel played video games each day for a week. On Monday, he scored 83 points. His score went up 5 points each day. On what day did Miguel score 103 points? Explain how you found your answer
_____________

Answer: 5 days

Explanation:
STEP1 Miguel scored 83 points on Monday. His score went up 5 points each day.
STEP2 Add 5n counters to the points to reach 103
STEP3 Adding 5 points 5 times gives us the score to be 103 (83+5*5)
STEP4 Therefore Miguel takes 5 days to score 103 points

Question 8.
When Laura arrived at the library, she spent 40 minutes reading a book. Then she spent 15 minutes reading a magazine. She left the library at 4:15 p.m. Circle the time that makes the sentence true.
Laura arrived at the library at:
_______ : _______ P.M.

Answer: 3:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the time on the number line when Laura arrived at the library.
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 40+15=55 minutes
Therefore Laura arrived at the library at 3:20 P.M.

Problem Solving Time Intervals – Page No. 589

Solve each problem. Show your work.

Question 1.
Hannah wants to meet her friends downtown. Before leaving home, she does chores for 60 minutes and eats lunch for 20 minutes. The walk downtown takes 15 minutes. Hannah starts her chores at 11:45 A.M. At what time does she meet her friends?

Answer: 1:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Hannah meets her friends.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 95 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 1:20 P.M.

Question 2.
Katie practiced the flute for 45 minutes. Then she ate a snack for 15 minutes. Next, she watched television for 30 minutes, until 6:00 P.M. At what time did Katie start practicing the flute?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 90 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 4:30 P.M.

Question 3.
Nick gets out of school at 2:25 P.M. He has a 15-minute ride home on the bus. Next, he goes on a 30-minute bike ride. Then he spends 55 minutes doing homework. At what time does Nick finish his homework?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:05 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Nick finishes his work.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 100 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 4:05 P.M.

Question 4.
The third-grade class is going on a field trip by bus to the museum. The bus leaves the school at 9:45 a.m The bus ride takes 47 minutes. At what time does the bus arrive at the museum?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 10:32 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which the students arrive at the museum.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 47 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 10:32 A.M.

Problem Solving Time Intervals – Page No. 590

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gloria went to the mall and spent 50 minutes shopping. Then she had lunch for 30 minutes. If Gloria arrived at the mall at 11:00 A.M., at what time did she finish lunch?
Options:
a. 11:30 A.M.
b. 11:50 A.M.
c. 12:20 P.M.
d. 12:30 P.M.

Answer: c. 12:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Gloria finish her lunch.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 80 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 12:20 P.M.

Question 2.
The ball game begins at 2:00 P.M. It takes Ying 30 minutes to get to the ballpark. At what time should Ying leave home to get to the game 30 minutes before it starts?
Options:
a. 12:30 P.M.
b. 1:00 P.M.
c. 1:30 P.M.
d. 3:00 P.M.

Answer: b. 1:00 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 60 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 1:00 P.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which lists the fractions in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: c. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
When the numerators are the same, think about the  pieces to compare and order fractions. So, the order from least to greatest  is \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 4.
Find the unknown factor.
6 × ■ = 36
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 36 counters there are.
There are  6 rows of 36 counters. The unknown factor is 6 (c0lumns). n = 6
6× 6 = 36

Question 5.
There were 405 books on the library shelf. Some books were checked out. Now there are 215 books left on the shelf. How many books were checked out?
Options:
a. 620
b. 220
c. 210
d. 190

Answer: d. 190

Explanation:
STEP1 Let there be 405 books in a shelf of Library.
STEP2 Some books were checked out.
STEP3 Number of books left in the shelf are 215.
STEP4 Take a box filled with 405 counters.
STEP5 Place 215 counters in another box from the initial 405 counters.
STEP6 The number of counters left in the first box is equal to the books checked out.
405-215=190

Question 6.
Savannah has 48 photos. She places 8 photos on each page of her photo album. How many pages in the album does she use?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 48 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 8 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 8 until all 48 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 48 counters.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 591

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box.

Question 1.
In one __________, the minute hand moves from one mark to the next on a clock.

Answer: Minute

Explanation: The minute hand moves after every 60 seconds = 1 Minute to the next mark on the clock.

Question 2.
The times afternoon and before midnight are written with __________ .
__________

Answer: P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight are written with P.M.

Concepts and Skills

Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 3.
play ball

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we play ball in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Question 4.
eat breakfast

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 7:06 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since we have our breakfast in the morning, the time is considered to be  A.M.

Question 5.
do homework

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 5:45 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we do our homework in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Question 6.
sleep

______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 11:06 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we go to sleep in the night hours, the time is considered to be P.M.

Find the elapsed time.

Question 7.
Start: 10:05 A.M. End: 10:50 A.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 45 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 10:05 A.M. on the number line. Count from 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. From 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. is 45 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 45 minutes

Question 8.
Start: 5:30 P.M.
End: 5:49 P.M.

_______ minutes

Answer: 19 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock that is 5:30 P.M.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:49 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 19 minutes.

Find the starting time or the ending time.

Question 9.
Elapsed time: 50 minutes
Ending time: 9:05 A.M.

Starting time: ______ : ______ A.M.

Answer: 8:15 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 50 minutes
So, the starting time is 8:15 A.M.

Question 10.
Starting time: 2:46 P.M.
Elapsed time: 15 minutes

Ending time: ______ : ______ P.M.

Answer: 3:01 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 15 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 3:01 P.M.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 592

Question 11.
Veronica started walking to school at 7:45 A.M. She 0 arrived at school 23 minutes later. At what time did Veronica arrive at school?
______ : ______ ______

Answer: 8:08 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 8:08 A.M.
So, the ending time is 8:08 A.M.

Question 12.
The clock shows the time the art class ends. At what time does it end? If the class started 37 minutes before the time shown, at what time did the class start?

Type below:
____________

Answer: Time at which the class ends= 1:57 P.M.
Time at which the class starts= 1:20 P.M.

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 1:57 P.M.
Read:
Three minutes before two
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 37 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 1:20 P.M.

Question 13.
Matt went to his friend’s house. He arrived at 5:10 P.M. He left at 5:37 P.M. How long was Matt at his friend’s house?
______ minutes

Answer: 27 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 5:10 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. From 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. is 27 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 27 minutes

Go Math Grade 3 Measure Length Lesson 10.6 Question 14.
Brenda’s train leaves at 7:30 A.M. She needs to arrive 10 minutes early to buy her ticket. It takes her 20 minutes to get to the train station. At what time should Brenda leave her house?
______ : ______ A.M.

Answer: 7:00 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 30 minutes
So, the starting time is 7:00 A.M.

Question 15.
Write the time you get home from school.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 4:00 P.M

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we get home from school in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Measure Length – Page No. 597

Measure the length to the nearest half inch.

Question 1.

Answer: 1 1/2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for one and a half inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 1 1/2 inches.

Question 2.

______ inches

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for three inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 3 inches.

Question 3.

______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 4 1/2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for4 and 5.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for four and a half  inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 4 1/2 inches.

Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.

Question 4.

______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 1 1/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 1/4 inches.

Question 5.

______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 2 3/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 3/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 3/4 inches.

Question 6.

\(\frac{□}{□}\) inch

Answer: 3/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 0 and1.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 3/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 3/4 inches.

Question 7.

______ inches

Answer: 2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 inches.

Problem Solving

Use a separate sheet of paper for 8.

Question 8.
Draw 8 lines that are between 1 inch and 3 inches long. Measure each line to the nearest fourth inch, and make a line plot.

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 9.
The tail on Alex’s dog is 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long. This length is between which two inch-marks on a ruler?
Between ______ and ______ inch-marks

Answer: Between 5 and 6 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 5 and 6.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 5 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 5 1/4 inches.

Measure Length – Page No. 598

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the length of the eraser to the nearest half inch?

Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch
b. 1 inch
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch
d. 2 inch

Answer: c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for one and a half inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 1 1/2 inches.

Question 2.
What is the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch?

Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
b. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches
c. 2 inches
d. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches

Answer: c. 2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 inches.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which equation is NOT included in the same set of related facts as 6 × 8 = 48?
Options:
a. 8 × 6 = 48
b. 8 × 8 = 64
c. 48 ÷ 6 = 8
d. 48 × 8 = 6

Answer: b. 8 × 8 = 64

Explanation:
STEP 1 Use 8 tiles to make an array with 6 equal rows.
Draw the rest of the tiles.
There are 8 tiles in each row.
Write a division equation for the array using the total number of tiles as the dividend and the number of rows as the divisor.
48÷ 6= 8
So, 48 ÷ 8 = 6, 8 × 6 = 48,
and 6 ×8  = 48 are related facts.

Question 4.
Brooke says there are 49 days until July 4. There are 7 days in a week. In how many weeks will it be July 4?
Options:
a. 9 weeks
b. 8 weeks
c. 7 weeks
d. 6 weeks

Answer: c. 7 weeks

Explanation:
Draw 1 tile in each of 7 rows.
Continue drawing 1 tile in each of the 7 rows until all 49 tiles are drawn.
Count the number of tiles in each row.
There are 7 tiles in each row.
So, there are 7 weeks till July 4.

Question 5.
It is 20 minutes before 8:00 in the morning. Which is the correct way to write that time?
Options:
a. 7:40 A.M.
b. 7:40 P.M.
c. 8:20 A.M.
d. 8:40 A.M.

Answer: a. 7:40 A.M.

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 7:40 A.M.
Read:
Twenty minutes before eight

Question 6.
Marcy played the piano for 45 minutes. She stopped playing at 4:15 P.M. At what time did she start playing the piano?
Options:
a. 3:00 P.M.
b. 3:30 P.M.
c. 4:45 P.M.
d. 5:00 P.M.

Answer: b. 3:30 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 45 minutes
So, the starting time is 3:30 P.M.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 603

Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when the container is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter.

Question 1.
large milk container

Answer: more than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of milk into one of the large containers. Repeat until the container is full. Record the number of liters you poured. This proves that the container can hold more than one liter.

Question 2.
small milk container

____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of milk into one of the small containers. There is some quantity of milk left in the pack of one liter, this proves that the container can hold less than one liter.

Question 3.
water bottle

____________

Answer: about one liter

Explanation:
A water bottle holds about 1 liter.

Question 4.
spoonful of water

____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 100 ml of water into a spoon. The excess water flow out, this proves that the spoon can hold less than one liter.

Question 5.
bathtub filled halfway

____________

Answer: more than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of water into the bathtub. Repeat until the tub is full. Record the number of liters you poured.This proves that the container can hold more than one liter.

Question 6.
filled eyedropper

____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Place the eyedropper in a bottle of the quantity, one liter. The eyedropper picks only few drops of the water, this proves that the eyedropper can hold less than one liter.

Problem Solving

Use the pictures for 7–8. Alan pours water into four glasses that are the same size.

Question 7.
Which glass has the most amount of water?
_______

Answer: Glass D

Explanation:
It can be observed that glass D is almost completely filled. So, glass D most amount of water.

Question 8.
Which glass has the least amount of water?
_______

Answer: Glass A

Explanation:
It can be observed that glass A contains the least amount of water. So, glass A has the least amount of water.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 604

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Felicia filled the bathroom sink with water. About how much water does she put in the sink?
Options:
a. about 1 liter
b. more than 1 liter
c. a little less than 1 liter
d. much less than 1 liter

Answer: b. more than 1 liter

Explanation:
Pour one liter of water into the sink. By repeating the same process we can say that, a sink can hold more than one liter of water. Hence it contains more than one liter of water.

Question 2.
Kyle needed about 1 liter of water to fill a container. Which container did Kyle most likely fill?
Options:
a. a small glass
b. a spoon
c. a large pail
d. a vase

Answer: d. a vase

Explanation:
A vase holds about 1 liter while a small glass, a spoon can only hold small quantity of water. A large pail holds water more than one liter.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Cecil had 6 ice cubes. He put 1 ice cube in each glass. In how many glasses did Cecil put ice cubes?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: a. 6

Explanation:
If there is the same number of ice cubes and glasses, then 1 ice cube goes in each glass. Since each ice cube is to be placed in each glass.
6÷ 1 = 6
Number of glasses=6

Question 4.
Juan has 12 muffins. He puts \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the muffins in a bag. How many muffins does Juan put in the bag?

Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: b. 3

Explanation:
Put 12 counters(muffins) on the table.
Since you want to find 1/4 of the group, there should be equal groups of muffins.
Circle one of the groups to show 1/4th part of the muffins. Then count the number of counters in that group.
There are 3 counters in 1 group. 1/4 of 12 = 3
So,  Juan has put 3 muffins in his bag.

Estimate and Measure Mass Lesson 10.8 Question 5.
Which is one way to read the time shown on the clock?

Options:
a. 4 minutes before 7
b. 26 minutes before 11
c. 54 minutes after 6
d. 56 minutes after 7

Answer: a. 4 minutes before 7

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 6:56
Read:
four minutes before seven

Question 6.
Julianne drew the line segment below. Use your ruler to measure the segment to the nearest fourth inch.

Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Answer: d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 609

Choose the unit you would use to measure the mass. Write a gram or kilogram.

Question 1.
CD

gram

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
The gram (g) is the basic metric unit for measuring mass or the amount of matter in an object. Mass can also be measured by using the metric unit kilogram (kg).
A small CD has a mass measured in grams.

Question 2.
boy

________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation:
A boy’s mass must be measured in kilograms, the metric unit. Since gram is the basic unit of mass and this measuring mass is used to measure small items such as CDs, paper pins, ice cream sticks etc.

Question 3.
bag of sugar

________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation:
A bag contains more than or equal to 1000 grams of measuring mass.
1000grams=1kilogram
Hence we can say that the sugar is measured in kilograms.

Question 4.
lion

________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation: Lion is a huge animal with muscles and hard bones. Hence, Lion is measured in kilograms.

Question 5.
paper clip

________

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
A paper clip is light measured clip its mass is about 1 gram.

Question 6.
empty plastic bottle

________

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
The amount of water in the bottle justifies the mass/volume of the bottle. Since the bottle is empty it is only measured in grams.

Compare the masses of the objects. Write is less than,
is the same as, or is more than.

Question 7.

The mass of the candle ________ the mass of the light bulb.

Answer: is more than

Explanation:
Both candle and bulb measure in grams comparatively candle seems to have more mass than bulb.
Therefore we can say that mass of candle is more than a mass of bulb.

Question 8.

The mass of the watch ________ the mass of the necklace.

Answer: is the same as

Explanation:
Both the watch and the necklace seem to have same amount of mass in grams.

Problem Solving

Question 9.
A red ball has a mass that is less than 1 kilogram. A blue ball has a mass of 1 kilogram. Is the mass of the blue ball more than or less than the mass of the red ball?
The mass of the blue ball is ________ the mass of the red ball

Answer: more than

Explanation:
Blue ball has a mass of 1 kilogram which more than that of the red ball because it has a mass less than 1 kilogram.

Question 10.
Brock’s dog is a collie. To find the mass of his dog, should Brock use grams or kilograms?
__________

Answer: kilograms

Explanation:

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 610

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which unit of measure would you use to measure the mass of a grape?
Options:
a. gram
b. inch
c. kilogram
d. meter

Answer: a. gram

Explanation:
A bunch of grapes are measured in kilograms while a single grape is measured in grams.

Question 2.
Elsie wants to find the mass of her pony. Which unit should she use?
Options:
a. gram
b. liter
c. kilogram
d. centimeter

Answer: c. kilogram

Explanation:
The mass of the pony is calculated in kilogram because the cluster of grams is called as kilogram.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marsie blew up 24 balloons. She tied the balloons together in groups of 4. How many groups did Marsie make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Let 24 counters be ballons.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters tied together into a group. Continue making groups of 4 until all 24 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 24 counters.

Question 4.
Clark used the order of operations to find the unknown number in 15 − 12 ÷ 3 = n. What is the value of the unknown number?
Options:
a. 1
b. 6
c. 9
d. 11

Answer: d. 11

Explanation:
STEP 1 Let there be 12 counters in a box.
STEP 2 Make a group of 3 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 3 until all 12 counters are in groups.
There are 4 groups of 12 counters.
STEP3 There are 15 counters in a box
STEP4 Remove 4 counters from the box, then only 11 counters are left in the box.

Use the pictures for 5–6. Ralph pours juice into four bottles that are the same size.

Question 5.
Which bottle has the most amount of juice?
Options:
a. Bottle A
b. Bottle B
c. Bottle C
d. Bottle D

Answer: a. Bottle A

Explanation:
Comparatively in all the four bottles bottle A is almost completely filled. Therefore bottle A has the most amount of juice.

Question 6.
Which bottle has the least amount of juice?
Options:
a. Bottle A
b. Bottle B
c. Bottle C
d. Bottle D

Answer: d. Bottle D

Explanation:
Comparatively in all the four bottles bottle D has the least amount of juice. Therefore bottle A has the least amount of juice.

Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass – Page No. 615

Write an equation and solve the problem.

Question 1.
Luis was served 145 grams of meat and 217 grams of vegetables at a meal. What was the total mass of the meat and the vegetables?
Think: Add to find how much in all.
145 + 217 = _______ grams

Answer: 145 + 217 = 362 grams

Explanation:
STEP 1 Place 145 grams mass of meat.
STEP 2 Place 217 grams mass of vegetables at a meal .
STEP 3 To find the total mass of the meat and the vegetables is 362 grams.
So, the total mass of the meat and the vegetables is 362 grams.

Question 2.
The gas tank of a riding mower holds 5 liters of gas. How many 5-liter gas tanks can you fill from a full 20-liter gas can?
_______ ÷ _______ = _______ 5-liter gas tanks

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 gas tanks

Explanation:
STEP1 A single gas tank of a riding mower holds 5 liters of gas.
STEP2 Quantity of gas given to fill in the tanks is 20 liters.
STEP3 To calculate the number of tanks, we should make groups of 5 liters of gas such that the total quantity of 20 liters is completed
STEP4 The number of gas tanks is the number of counters in which the 20 liter of gas is filled.
Therefore the number of tanks are 4

Question 3.
To make a lemon-lime drink, Mac mixed 4 liters of lemonade with 2 liters of limeade. How much lemon-lime drink did Mac make?
_______ + _______ = _______ liters lemon-lime

Answer: 4 + 2 = 6 liters

Explanation:
STEP 1 Place 4 liters of lemonade for preparing the lemon-lime drink.
STEP 2 Place 2 liters of limeade for preparing the lemon-lime drink.
STEP 3Mass of lemon-lime drink made by Mac is 4+2=6 liters.
So, the total mass of the lemon-lime drink made is 6 liters.

Question 4.
A nickel has a mass of 5 grams. There are 40 nickels in a roll of nickels. What is the mass of a roll of nickels?
_______ × _______ = _______grams

Answer: 5 × 40 = 200 grams

Explanation:
STEP1 Given that there are 40 nickels in a roll of nickels.
STEP2 Each nickel has a mass of 5 grams.
STEP3 Place the counters(nickels) in rows.
STEP4 Find the mass of a roll of nickels.
STEP5 Mass of a roll of nickels=5×40
STEP6 Place 5 boxes each containing 40 counters. Add the counters in the boxes, total number of counters is equal to 200.

Question 5.
Four families share a basket of 16 kilograms of apples equally. How many kilograms of apples does each family get?
_______ ÷ _______ = _______ kilograms

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:
STEP1 Total number of apples =16
STEP2 Number of families =4
STEP3 Number of apples each family shared=16÷4
=4 apples

Question 6.
For a party, Julia made 12 liters of fruit punch. There were 3 liters of fruit punch left after the party. How much fruit punch did the people drink at the party?
_______ – _______ = _______ liters

Answer: 12 – 3 = 9 liters

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of fruit punch made by Julia=12 liters
STEP2 Quantity of fruit punch left after the party=3 liters
STEP3 Quantity of fruit punch the people drank in the party=12-3 = 9 liters

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Zoe’s fish tank holds 27 liters of water. She uses a 3-liter container to fill the tank. How many times does she have to fill the 3-liter container in order to fill her fish tank?
_______ times

Answer: 9 times

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of water Zoe’s fish tank holds=27 liters
STEP2  Zoe has a 3-liter container to fill the tank.
STEP3 Total number of times  she has to fill the 3-liter container in order to fill her fish tank=27÷3=9 times

Question 8.
Adrian’s backpack has a mass of 15 kilograms. Theresa’s backpack has a mass of 8 kilograms. What is the total mass of both backpacks?
15 + 8 = _______ kilograms

Answer: 23 kilograms

Explanation:
STEP1 Mass of Adrian’s backpack = 15 kilograms
STEP2 Mass of Theresa’s backpack= 8 kilograms
STEP3  Total mass of both backpacks=15+8=23 kilograms

Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass – Page No. 616

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mickey’s beagle has a mass of 15 kilograms. His dachshund has a mass of 13 kilograms. What is the combined mass of the two dogs?
Options:
a. 2 kilograms
b. 18 kilograms
c. 23 kilograms
d. 28 kilograms

Answer: d. 28 kilograms

Explanation:
Mickey has 2 dogs beagle and dachshund
STEP1 Mass of Beagle=15 kilograms
STEP2 Mass of dachshund= 13 kilograms
STEP3 Combined mass of the two dogs= 15+13=28 kilograms

Question 2.
Lois put 8 liters of water in a bucket for her pony. At the end of the day, there were 2 liters of water left. How much water did the pony drink?
Options:
a. 4 liters
b. 6 liters
c. 10 liters
d. 16 liters

Answer: b. 6 liters

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of the water put in the bucket by Lois=8 liters
STEP2 Quantity of the water left in the bucket=2 liters
STEP3 Quantity of the water drank by pony= 8-2 = 6 liters

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Josiah has 3 packs of toy animals. Each pack has the same number of animals. Josiah gives 6 animals to his sister Stephanie. Then Josiah has 9 animals left. How many animals were in each pack?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: c. 5

Explanation:
STEP1 Number of packs Josiah has =3
STEP2 Number of animals given by Josiah to his sister =6
STEP3 Total number of animals = 6+9=15
According to the problem,
Each pack has the same number of animals.
3× ■ = 15
Count how many rows of 15 counters there are. There are  3 rows of 15 counters. The unknown factor is 5 (c0lumns). n = 5
3 × 5 = 15

Question 4.
Tom jogged \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile, Betsy jogged \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile, and Sue jogged \(\frac{2}{10}\) mile. Who jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile?
Options:
a. Betsy
b. Sue
c. Tom
d. None

Answer: a. Betsy

Explanation:
When the numerators are the same, think about the of the pieces to compare and order fractions. So, the order from greatest to least gives, the greatest fraction and the person who jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)>\(\frac{3}{10}\)>\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Therefore Betsy jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile.

Question 5.
Bob started mowing at 9:55 A.M. It took him 25 minutes to mow the front yard and 45 minutes to mow the back yard. At what time did Bob finish mowing?
Options:
a. 10:20 A.M.
b. 10:55 A.M.
c. 11:05 A.M.
d. 11:20 A.M.

Answer: c. 11:05 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP1 Time Bob spent in mowing=25+45=70 minutes
STEP2 Finding the time at which Bob finished mowing
STEP3 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP4 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP5 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 11:05 A.M.
So, the ending time is 11:05 A.M.

Question 6.
Juliana wants to find the mass of a watermelon. Which unit should she use?
Options:
a. gram
b. kilogram
c. liter
d. meter

Answer: b. kilogram

Explanation:
Mass is measured in grams and kilograms small quantities like paper clips, pins are measured in grams while large quantities are measured in kilograms. Therefore watermelon is measured in kilogram.

Review/Test – Page No. 617

Question 1.
Yul and Sarah’s art class started at 11:25 a.m. The class lasted 30 minutes. Yul left when the class was done. Sarah stayed an extra 5 minutes to talk with the teacher and then left.
Write the time that each student left. Explain how you found each time.
Yul: _______ A.M.
Sarah: ______ P.M.

Answer: Yul: 11:55 A.M.
Sarah: 12:05 P.M.

Explanation:
Yul:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time, 30 minutes. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 11:55 A.M.
So, the ending time is 11:55 A.M.
Sarah:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time, 30+5=35 minutes. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at  12:05 P.M.
So, the starting time is 12:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Julio measured an object that he found. It was about 3/4 inch wide.
For numbers 2a–2d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the object could be the one Julio measured.
a.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 2.
b.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation:
The mark that is closest to the right end of the stamp is for 1 inch. So, the length of the stamp to the nearest fourth inch is 3/4 inches. Therefore the stamp is about 3/4 inch wide.

Question 2.
c.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 2.
d.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Review/Test – Page No. 618

Question 3.
Dina started swimming at 3:38 p.m. She swam until 4:15 p.m. How long did Dina swim?
________ minutes

Answer: 37 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 3:38 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 p.M. From 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 P.M. is 37 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 37 minutes

Question 4.
Rita’s class begins social studies at ten minutes before one in the afternoon. At what time does Rita’s class begin social studies? Circle a time that makes the sentence true.
Rita’s class begins social studies at
__________

Answer: 12:50 P.M.

Explanation:
Rita’s class begins social studies at ten minutes before one in the afternoon. So, the time at which the class begins is 10 minutes subtracted from 1:00 P.M. is 12:50 P.M.

Question 5.
Select the objects with a mass greater than 1 kilogram.
Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. bicycle
b. pen
c. eraser
d. math book

Answer: a. bicycle, has a mass greater than 1 kilogram.

Explanation:
Mass is measured in grams and kilograms small quantities like paper clips, pins are measured in grams while large quantities are measured in kilograms. Therefore mass of bicycle is measured in kilograms.

Question 6.
A chicken dish needs to bake in the oven for 35 minutes. The dish needs to cool for at least 8 minutes before serving. Scott puts the chicken dish in the oven at 5:14 p.m. For numbers 6a–6d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Scott can serve the dish at 5:51 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
b. Scott can serve the dish at 5:58 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
c. Scott should take the dish out of the oven at 5:51 a.m
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
d. Scott should take the dish out of the oven at 5:49 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: i. True

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time, 35 minutes ie. the time when the dish is kept in the oven to bake. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 5:49 P.M.
So, the ending time is 5:49 P.M.

Review/Test – Page No. 619

Question 7.
Anthony’s family went out to dinner. They left at the time shown on the clock. They returned home at 6:52 p.m.

Part A
How long was Anthony’s family gone?
_____ hour _____ minutes
_____ hour _____ minutes

Answer: 5 hours 05 minutes
6 hours 52 minutes

Explanation:
Anthony’s family left for dinner at 5 hours 05 minutes
Anthony’s family returned back home at 6 hours 52 minutes

Question 7.
Part B
Explain how you found your answer.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 107 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 5:05 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 p.M. From 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 P.M. is 107 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 107 minutes

Question 8.
Tran checked the time on his watch after he finished his daily run.

Select the time that Tran finished running. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 14 minutes before nine
b. eight forty-six
c. quarter to nine
d. nine forty-six

Answer: a. 14 minutes before nine
b. eight forty-six

Explanation:
a. Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
b. Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 8 Hour 46 minutes

Question 9.
Cara uses a balance scale to compare mass.

Circle a symbol that makes the comparison true.
The mass of the blocks img 73 the mass of the erasers.
________

Answer: mass of the blocks>mass of the erasers

Explanation:
Mass of the blocks is measured in kilograms while mass of the erasers is measured in grams.

Review/Test – Page No. 620

Question 10.
A large bottle of water holds about 2 liters. For numbers 10a–10e, choose Yes or No to tell whether the container will hold all of the water.
a. kitchen sink
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation: A kitchen sink can hold about 2 liters. Due to the larger surface area, the kitchen sink can hold about 2 liters.

Question 10.
b. water glass
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
c. ice cube tray
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
d. large soup pot
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
e. lunchbox thermos
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation: Lunchbox thermos can hold about only 2 liters due to its surface area, and height.

Question 11.
Select the items that would be best measured in grams.
Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. watermelon
b. lettuce leaf
c. grape
d. onion

Answer: b. lettuce leaf
c. grape

Explanation: A single leaf is measured in grams.
Mass of a single grape is measured in grams.

Question 12.
Samir made a list of what he did on Tuesday. Write the letter for each activity next to the time he did it.

A. Get out of bed.	8:05 a.m.(b)
B. Walk to school.	6:25 p.m.(e)
C. Eat lunch.	3:50 p.m.(d)
D. Go to guitar lesson after school.	11:48 a.m.(c)
E. Eat dinner at home.	6:25 a.m.(a)

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.Samir gets out of the bed at 6:25 a.m. in the morning and walk to school by 8:05 a.m. in the morning. Samir finishes his lunch in the school by 11:48 a.m. After school hours Samir goes to guitar lessons at 3:50 p.m. After attending his classes Samir at 6:25 p.m. eats his dinner at home.

Review/Test – Page No. 621

Question 13.
Amy has 30 grams of flour. She puts 4 grams of flour in each pot of chowder that she makes. She puts 5 grams of flour in each pot of potato soup that she makes. She makes 4 pots of chowder. Does Amy have enough flour left over to make 3 pots of potato soup?
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
Mass of flour Amy has= 30grams
Mass of flour in each pot of chowder= 4grams
Mass of flour in each pot of potato soup= 5grams
According to the problem,
Amy makes 4 pots of chowder.
Mass of flour used to make 4 pots of chowder= 4×4= 16grams
Leftover mass of flour=30-16=14 grams
Mass of flour used to make 3 pots of potato soup=5×3=15 grams
But, Amy only has 14 grams. So, we can say that Amy doesn’t have enough flour leftover to make 3 pots of potato soup.

Question 14.
Use an inch ruler to measure.

Part A
What is the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 2 1/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the leaf with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the leaf is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the leaf is for 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch is 2 1/4 inches.

Question 14.
Part B
Explain what happens if you line up the left side of the object with the 1 on the ruler.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1 1/4

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the object with the one mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 1/4 inches.

Question 15.
Mrs. Park takes the 9:38 a.m. train to the city. The trip takes 3 hours and 20 minutes. What time does Mrs. Park arrive in the city?
______ : _______ _______

Answer: 12:58 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Mrs. Park arrive in the city.
STEP 2 Count forward by hours and then by fives for the elapsed time of 3 hours 20 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 12:58 P.M.

Question 16.
Hector buys two bags of gravel for his driveway. He buys a total of 35 kilograms of gravel. Select the bags he buys.

Answer: 17 kg and 18 kg

Explanation:
Hector buys two bags of gravel for his delivery.
Hector buys a total of 35 kilograms of gravel.
According to the problem,
The bags selected by Hector are 17 kg and 18 kg because 17+18=35 kg

Review/Test – Page No. 622

Question 17.
Ashley measures the shells she collects. She records the measurements in a chart.

Part A
Ashley found a razor clam shell this long. Use an inch ruler to measure. Record the measurement in the chart.

_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 4 inches

Question 17.
Part B
Complete the line plot to show the data in the chart. How many shells are longer than 2 inches? Tell how you know.

_______ shells

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Calculate the number of shells which are longer than 2 inches.
By observing the number line we find 2. From 2 draw curves to the next values in such a way that the other values are greater than 2.
We need to draw the curves till 4.
Count the curves drawn from 2 to 4 the number of curves=number of shells (which are measured to the nearest half-inch)=4

Question 18.
Lucy fills a bathroom sink with water. Is the amount of water more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter?
Explain how you know.
________

Answer: More than one liter

Explanation:
Volume is measured in milliliters and liters. Small quantities like syrup, water in glass etc. are measured in milliliters while the volume of water in the bathroom sink, oil can are measured in liters. Therefore, the bathroom sink with water can hold more than one liter of water.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf: contains 4th Standard Go Math solutions which help the students to score well in the exams. This Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiply by 1-Digit Numbers will make students understand the concepts easily. In this, each and every question was explained intimately. And the answers in this chapter are explained in a simple way that anyone can understand easily.

Multiply by 1-Digit Numbers Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf

This chapter 2 contains Multiplication Comparisons, Multiplying using Distributive property and Expanded form, Estimate products, etc are explained clearly which makes the scholars learn quickly. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiply by 1-Digit Numbers. questions are explained in a basic way that students will never feel any difficulty in learning. By this, students can gain good knowledge and this is helpful in finish student’s assignments also.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Multiplication Comparisons

• Common Core – Multiplication Comparisons – Page No. 67
• Common Core – Multiplication Comparisons – Lesson Check – Page No. 68
• Multiplication Comparisons – Page No. 71

Lesson 2: Algebra • Comparison Problems

• Common Core – Comparison Problems – Page No. 73
• Common Core – Comparison Problems – Lesson Check – Page No. 74
• Comparison Problems – Page No. 77
• Comparison Problems – Page No. 78

Lesson 3: Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

• Common Core – Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 79
• Common Core – Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Lesson Check – Page No. 80
• Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 83
• Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 84

Lesson 4: Estimate Products

• Common Core – Estimate Products – Page No. 85
• Common Core – Estimate Products – Lesson Check – Page No. 86
• Estimate Products – Page No. 89
• Estimate Products – Page No. 90

Lesson 5: Investigate • Multiply Using the Distributive Property

• Common Core – Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 91
• Common Core – Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Lesson Check – Page No. 92
• Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 95
• Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 96

Lesson 6: Multiply Using Expanded Form

• Common Core – Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 97
• Common Core – Multiply Using Expanded Form – Lesson Check – Page No. 98
• Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 101
• Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 102

Lesson 7: Multiply Using Partial Products

• Common Core – Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 103
• Common Core – Multiply Using Partial Products – Lesson Check – Page No. 104
• Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 105
• Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 106
• Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 109
• Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 110

Lesson 8: Multiply Using Mental Math

• Common Core – Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 111
• Common Core – Multiply Using Mental Math – Lesson Check – Page No. 112
• Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 115
• Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 116

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Multistep Multiplication Problems

• Common Core – Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Page No. 117
• Common Core – Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Lesson Check – Page No. 118
• Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Page No. 121

Lesson 10: Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping

• Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 123
• Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Lesson Check – Page No. 124
• Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 127
• Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 128

Lesson 11: Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping

• Common Core – Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 129
• Common Core – Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Lesson Check – Page No. 130

Lesson 12: Algebra • Solve Multistep Problems Using Equations

• Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 133
• Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 134
• Common Core – Solve Multistep Problems Using Equations – Page No. 135
• Common Core – Solve Multistep Problems Using Equations – Lesson Check – Page No. 136

Chapter 2 Review/Test

• Review/Test – Page No. 137
• Review/Test – Page No. 138
• Review/Test – Page No. 139
• Review/Test – Page No. 140
• Review/Test – Page No. 141
• Review/Test – Page No. 142
• Page No. 147
• Page No. 148

Common Core – Multiplication Comparisons – Page No. 67

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 1.
6 × 3 = 18
6 times as many as 3 is 18.

Question 2.
63 = 7 × 9

Answer: 63 is 7 times as many as 9.

Explanation:

Question 3.
5 × 4 = 20

Answer: 5 times as many as 4 is 20.

Explanation:

Question 4.
48 = 8 × 6

Answer: 48 is 6 times as many as 8.

Explanation:

Write an equation.

Question 5.
2 times as many as 8 is 16.

Answer: 2 × 8 = 16

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 2 Question 6.
42 is 6 times as many as 7.

Answer: 42 = 6 × 7

Explanation:

Question 7.
3 times as many as 5 is 15.

Answer: 3 × 5 = 15

Explanation:

Question 8.
36 is 9 times as many as 4.
Answer: 36 = 9 × 4

Explanation:

Question 9.
72 is 8 times as many as 9.
Answer: 72 = 8 × 9

Explanation:

Question 10.
5 times as many as 6 is 30.
Answer: 5 × 6 = 30

Explanation:

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Alan is 14 years old. This is twice as old as his brother James is. How old is James?

Answer: 7 years old.

Explanation:
Alan’s age is 14 years old and his brother is James is twice younger than Alan, So James’s age is 14÷2= 7.

Question 12.
There are 27 campers. This is nine times as many as the number of counselors. How many counselors are there?

Answer: 3 counselors.

Explanation: 27 campers= 9× no.of counselors,
So no.of counselors are 27÷9= 3.

Question 13.

Draw a model, and write an equation to represent “4 times as many as 3 is 12.” Explain your work.

Answer: 4×3= 12.

Explanation:

Common Core – Multiplication Comparisons – Lesson Check – Page No. 68

Question 1.
Which equation best represents the comparison sentence?
24 is 4 times as many as 6.
Options:
a. 24 × 4 = 6
b. 24 = 4 × 6
c. 24 = 4 + 6
d. 4 + 6 = 24

Answer: b

Explanation:

Question 2.
Which comparison sentence best represents the equation?
5 × 9 = 45
Options:
a. 5 more than 9 is 45.
b. 9 is 5 times as many as 45.
c. 5 is 9 times as many as 45.
d. 45 is 5 times as many as 9.

Answer: d

Explanation:

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following statements correctly compares the numbers?
Options:
a. 273,915 > 274,951
b. 134,605 < 143,605
c. 529,058 > 530,037
d. 452,731 > 452,819

Answer: b

Explanation: 134,605 is lesser compared to 143,605.

Question 4.
What is the standard form for
200,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 6?
Options:
a. 2,876
b. 28,706
c. 208,706
d. 280,706

Answer: d

Explanation: 200,000+80,000+700+6= 280,706.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Question 5.
Sean and Leah are playing a computer game. Sean scored 72,491 points. Leah scored 19,326 points more than Sean. How many points did Leah score?
Options:
a. 53,615
b. 91,717
c. 91,815
d. 91,817

Answer: d

Explanation: Sean’s score is 72,491 and Leah’s score is 19,326 more than Sean’s score. So Sean’s score is 72,491+19,326 = 91,817.

Question 6.
A baseball stadium has 38,496 seats. Rounded to the nearest thousand, how many seats is this?
Options:
a. 38,000
b. 38,500
c. 39,000
d. 40,000

Answer: b

Explanation: Round off to the nearest thousand is 38,000.

Multiplication Comparisons – Page No. 71

Question 1.
Maria’s dog weighs 6 times as much as her rabbit. Together the pets weigh 56 pounds. What does Maria’s dog weigh? Draw a model. Let n represent the unknown.

Answer: 48 Pounds.

Explanation: Let the weight of the rabbit be X and the dog’s weight is 6X. Both pet’s weight is 56 pounds i.e 6X+X=56, 7X=56 then X is 8.
Rabbit’s weight is 8 and Dog’s weight is 6×8= 48.

Draw a model. Write an equation and solve.

Question 2.
Last month Kim trained 3 times as many dogs as cats. If the total number of cats and dogs she trained last month is 28, how many cats did Kim train?

Answer: 7

Explanation: Let the cats trained to be X and dogs trained to be 3X.
Total Cats and Dogs she trained are 28, then X+3X= 28 and X= 7.
Therefore Cats trained are 7.

Question 3.
How many more dogs than cats did Kim train?

Answer: 21 dogs

Explanation: 3×7= 21.

Practice: Copy and Solve Draw a model.
Write an equation and solve.

Question 4.
At the dog show, there are 4 times as many boxers as spaniels. If there are a total of 30 dogs, how many dogs are spaniels?

Answer: 24.

Explanation: Let spaniels be S and the boxers be 4S. As the total is 30, S+4S=30 then 5S=30.
Therefore S is 6. Spaniels are 6 and boxers are 4 times as many as spaniels. So boxers are 4×6=24.

Question 5.
There are 5 times as many yellow labs as terriers in the dog park. If there are a total of 18 dogs, how many dogs are terriers?

Answer: 3.

Explanation: Let the Terriers be T and yellow labs be 5T. As total dogs are 18, 5T+T=18, and therefore T=18/6 which is 3. Terriers are 3.

Question 6.
Ben has 3 times as many guppies as goldfish. If he has a total of 20 fish, how many guppies does he have?

Answer: 15.

Explanation: Let Goldfish be X and Guppies be 3X, So X+3X= 20.
Therefore X= 5. So guppies are 3×5= 15.

Question 7.
Carlita saw 5 times as many robins as cardinals while bird watching. She saw a total of 24 birds. How many more robins did she see than cardinals?

Answer: 4 cardinals and 20 robins.

Explanation: Let the cardinals be X and robins be 5X. Then the total is 5X+X=24 then X= 4. So Carlita saw 4 cardinals and 5×4= 20 robins.

Multiplication Comparisons – Page No. 72

Question 8.
To get to a dog show, Mr. Luna first drives 7 miles west from his home and then 3 miles north. Next, he turns east and drives 11 miles. Finally, he turns north and drives 4 miles to the dog show. How far north of Mr. Luna’s home is the dog show? To solve the problem, Dara and Cliff drew diagrams. Which diagram is correct? Explain.

Answer: Cliff diagram is correct.

Explanation: Mr. Luna’s travels east and west are irrelevant to the question. As he drives 3 miles north, then he drives 4 more miles north. 3 + 4 = 7, so Mr. Luna ends up 7 miles north of his home.

Question 9.
Use Reasoning Valerie and Bret have a total of 24 dog show ribbons. Bret has twice as many ribbons as Valerie. How many ribbons does each have?
Valerie’s ribbons: ______          Bret’s ribbons: ______

Answer: Valerie has 8 and Bret has 16.

Explanation: Let the Valerie ribbons be X and Bret’s ribbons be 2X and the total be X+2X= 24. Therefore X= 8.
Valerie has 8 and Bret has 2×8= 16.

Question 10.
Noah built a fenced dog run that is 8 yards long and 6 yards wide. He placed posts at every corner and every yard along the length and width of the run. How many posts did he use?

Answer: 2×7+2×5+4(as he posted at every corner)= 14+10+4= 28 posts

Explanation: As there are 7 posts along one 8 yard side and 5 posts along one 6 yard side, so he used 2×7+2×5+4(as he posted at every corner)= 14+10+4= 28 posts

Question 11.
Last weekend, Mandy collected 4 times as many shells as Cameron. Together, they collected 40 shells. How many shells did Mandy collect? Complete the bar model. Then, write an equation and solve.

 

Common Core – Comparison Problems – Page No. 73

Draw a model. Write an equation and solve.

Question 1.
Stacey made a necklace using 4 times as many blue beads as red beads. She used a total of 40 beads. How many blue beads did Stacey use?

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 2.2 Answer Key Question 2.
At the zoo, there were 3 times as many monkeys as lions. Tom counted a total of 24 monkeys and lions. How many monkeys were there?
______ monkeys

Answer: 18 monkeys.

Explanation:

Question 3.
Fred’s frog jumped 7 times as far as Al’s frog. The two frogs jumped a total of 56 inches. How far did Fred’s frog jump?

Answer: 49 inches.

Explanation:

Question 4.
Sheila has 5 times as many markers as Dave. Together, they have 18 markers. How many markers does Sheila have?

Answer:

Explanation: 15 markers.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Rafael counted a total of 40 white cars and yellow cars. There were 9 times as many white cars as yellow cars. How many white cars did Rafael count?

Answer: 36 white cars.

Explanation: Let yellow cars be X, As white cars are 9 times as many as yellow cars, So white cars be 9X. Therefore 9X+X=40, X=4. So no.of white cars are 9×4= 36.

Question 6.
Sue scored a total of 35 points in two games. She scored 6 times as many points in the second game as in the first. How many more points did she score in the second game?

Answer: 30 points.

Explanation: Let the first game points be X and the second game points be 6X. Sue’s total score is 35 points in two games so 6X+X= 35 then X is 5. Therefore the second game score is 6×5= 30.

Algebra Multiplication Comparisons Lesson 2.2 Reteach Question 7.
Write a problem involving how much more than and solve it. Explain how drawing a diagram helped you solve the problem.

Answer: Mike has 10 chocolates and John has 5 chocolates. How many more chocolates does Chirs have?
5 chocolates more Chirs have.

Explanation: As Mike has 10 chocolates and John has 5 chocolates, Chirs has 5 more chocolates than John.

Common Core – Comparison Problems – Lesson Check – Page No. 74

Question 1.
Sari has 3 times as many pencil erasers as Sam. Together, they have 28 erasers. How many erasers does Sari have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 14
c. 18
d. 21

Answer: d

Explanation: Let the X be pencil erasers of Sam and Sari erasers be 3X. As Sari and Sam together have 28 erasers. So 3X+X= 28. And X is 7. Then Sari has 3×7= 21.

Question 2.
In Sean’s fish tank, there are 6 times as many goldfish as guppies. There are a total of 21 fish in the tank. How many more goldfish are there than guppies?
Options:
a. 5
b. 12
c. 15
d. 18

Answer: d

Explanation: Let Guppies be X and Goldfishes be 6X. And the total fishes are 21, So X+6X= 21 then X= 3.
So Goldfishes are 6×3= 18.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Barbara has 9 stuffed animals. Trish has 3 times as many stuffed animals as Barbara. How many stuffed animals does Trish have?
Options:
a. 3
b. 12
c. 24
d. 27

Answer: d

Explanation: Barbara has 9 stuffed animals and Trish has 3 times as Barbara, So 9×3= 27.

4th Grade Go Math Pdf Chapter 2 Lesson 2 Answer Key Question 4.
There are 104 students in the fourth grade at Allison’s school. One day, 15 fourth-graders were absent. How many fourth-graders were at school that day?
Options:
a. 89
b. 91
c. 99
d. 119

Answer: a

Explanation: Total number of students in fourth grade is 104, as 15 students were absent 104-15= 89.

Question 5.
Joshua has 112 rocks. Jose has 98 rocks. Albert has 107 rocks. What is the correct order of the boys from the least to the greatest number of rocks owned?
Options:
a. Jose, Albert, Joshua
b. Jose, Joshua, Albert
c. Albert, Jose, Joshua
d. Joshua, Albert, Jose

Answer: a

Explanation: As 98<107<112. So Jose, Albert, Joshua.

Question 6.
Alicia has 32 stickers. This is 4 times as many stickers as Benita has. How many stickers does Benita have?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 9
d. 28

Answer: 8.

Explanation: Let Benita stickers be S and Alicia has 32 stickers, So 4×S= 32. Therefore Benita stickers are 8.

Comparison Problems – Page No. 77

Question 1.
Use the drawing to find 2 × 500.

Answer: 2×= 1000.

Explanation: 2×500 is 2 times 5 hundreds, which is equal to 10 hundreds and 10 hundreds are equal to 1000.

Complete the pattern.

Question 2.
3 × 8 = 2
i. 3 × 80 = _____
ii. 3 × 800 = _____
iii. 3 × 8,000 = _____

Answer: 240, 2400, 24,000.

Explanation: 3×80= 240
3×800= 2400
3×8000= 24,000

Question 3.
6 × 2 = 12
i. 6 × 12 = _____
ii. 6 × 120 = _____
iii. 6 × 1,200 = _____

Answer: 72, 720, 7200.

Explanation: 6×12= 72
6×120= 720
6×1200= 7200.

Question 4.
i. 4 × 5 = _____
ii. 4 × 50 = _____
iii. 4 × 500 = _____
iv. 4 × 5,000 = _____

Answer: 20, 200, 2000, 20,000.

Explanation: 4×5= 20
4×50= 200
4×500= 2000
4×5,000= 20,000.

Find the product.

Question 5.
6 × 500 = 6 × _____ hundreds
= _____ hundreds
= _____

Answer: 6×5 hundreds = 30  hundreds.

Explanation: 6 × 500 = 6 × 5 hundreds = 30 hundreds = 3000

Question 6.
9 × 5,000 = 9 × _____ thousands
= _____ thousands
= _____

Answer: 9 × 5 thousands = 45 thousands.

Explanation: 9 × 5 thousands = 45 thousands. = 45,000.

Find the product.

Question 7.
7 × 6,000 = _____

Answer: 42,000.

Explanation:

Question 8.
4 × 80 = _____

Answer: 320

Explanation:

Question 9.
3 × 500 = _____

Answer: 1500

Explanation:

Use Reasoning Algebra Find the missing factor.

Question 10.
_____ × 9,000 = 63,000

Answer: 7

Explanation: As 7×9= 63

Question 11.
7 × _____ = 56,000

Answer: 8

Explanation: 7×8= 56.

Question 12.
8 × _____ = 3,200

Answer: 4

Explanation: 8×4= 32.

Question 13.
Communicate How does the number of zeros in the product of 8 and 5,000 compare to the number of zeros in the factors? Explain.

Answer: 8×5=40.

Explanation: There are 4 zeros in the product and 3 zeros only in the factors. Because there is a zero in basic fact as 8×5=40.

Comparison Problems – Page No. 78

Question 14.
Joe’s Fun and Sun rents beach chairs. The store rented 300 beach chairs each month in April and in May. The store rented 600 beach chairs each month from June through September. How many beach chairs did the store rent during the 6 months?
a. What do you need to know?

Answer: We need to know about the total number of beach chairs rented during the 6 months.

Question 14.
b. How will you find the number of beach chairs?

Answer: 300×2= 600 and 600×4= 2400. Total beach chairs are 3000

Explanation: We will multiply 2 times 300 and 4 times 600 and the will add the product.

Question 14.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer: 300×2= 600 and 600×4= 2400. Total beach chairs are 3000.

Question 14.
d. Complete the sentences.
For April and May, a total of ______ beach chairs were rented.

Answer: 600

Explanation: As the store rented 300 beach chairs in April and May, So 300×2= 600.

Question 14.
For June through September, a total of _____ beach chairs were rented.

Answer: 2400

Explanation: As the store rented 600 beach chairs from June to September, So 600×4= 2400.

Question 14.
Joe’s Fun and Sun rented _____ beach chairs during the 6 months.

Answer: 3,000

Explanation: 300×2= 600 and 600×4= 2400. Total beach chairs are 3000.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 2 Extra Practice Answer Key Question 15.
Mariah makes bead necklaces. Beads are packaged in bags of 50 and bags of 200. Mariah bought 4 bags of 50 beads and 3 bags of 200 beads. How many beads did Mariah buy?

Answer: 800 beads.

Explanation: Mariah bought 4 bags of 50 beads which is 4×50= 200 beads. And 3 bags of 200 beads which is 3×200= 600. Total beads Mariah bought are 200+600= 800.

Question 16.
Carmen has three books of 20 stamps and five books of 10 stamps. How many stamps does Carmen have? Complete the equation using the numbers on the tiles.

______ × 20 + ______ × 10 = ______

Answer: 3, 5, 110

Explanation: 3×20+5×10= 110.

Common Core – Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 79

Find the product.

Question 1.
4 × 7,000 = 28,000
Think: 4 × 7 = 28
So, 4 × 7,000 = 28,000

Question 2.
9 × 60 = _____

Answer: 540

Explanation: 9×6= 54.

Question 3.
8 × 200 = _____

Answer: 1600

Explanation: 8×2=16

Question 4.
5 × 6,000 = _____

Answer: 30,000.

Explanation: 5×6=30.

Question 5.
7 × 800 = _____

Answer: 5600

Explanation: 7×8= 56.

Question 6.
8 × 90 = _____

Answer: 720

Explanation: 8×9=72.

Question 7.
6 × 3,000 = _____

Answer: 18,000.

Explanation: 6×3= 18.

Question 8.
3 × 8,000 = _____

Answer: 24,000

Explanation: 3×8= 24.

Question 9.
5 × 500 = _____

Answer: 2500.

Explanation: 5×5= 25.

Question 10.
9 × 4,000 = _____

Answer: 36,000

Explanation: 9×4= 36.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 2 Pdf Question 11.
7 × 7,000 = _____

Answer: 49,000.

Explanation: 7×7= 49.

Question 12.
3 × 40 = _____

Answer: 120.

Explanation: 3×4= 12.

Question 13.
4 × 5,000 = _____

Answer: 20,000.

Explanation: 4×5= 20.

Question 14.
2 × 9,000 = _____

Answer: 18,000

Explanation: 2×9= 18.

Problem Solving

Question 15.
A bank teller has 7 rolls of coins. Each roll has 40 coins. How many coins does the bank teller have?

Answer: 280 coins.

Explanation: Bank teller has 7 rolls of coins. As each roll has 40 coins, So total coins are 7×40= 280

Question 16.
Theo buys 5 packages of paper. There are 500 sheets of paper in each package. How many sheets of paper does Theo buy?

Answer: 2,500.

Explanation: Total number of sheets of papers in each package are 500, And Theo buys 5 packages of papers.
So total sheets of paper Theo bought are 500×5= 2,500.

Common Core – Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Lesson Check – Page No. 80

Question 1.
A plane is traveling at a speed of 400 miles per hour. How far will the plane travel in 5 hours?
Options:
a. 200 miles
b. 2,000 miles
c. 20,000 miles
d. 200,000 miles

Answer: b

Explanation: The speed of the plane is 400 miles per hour. In 5 hours plane can travel 400×5= 2,000 miles.

Question 2.
One week, a clothing factory made 2,000 shirts in each of 6 different colors. How many shirts did the factory make in all?
Options:
a. 2,000
b. 12,000
c. 120,000
d. 200,000

Answer: b

Explanation: Shirts made in one week are 2000 in 6 different colors. So total shirts made in all are 2000×6= 12,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which comparison sentence best represents the equation?
6 × 7 = 42
Options:
a. 7 is 6 times as many as 42.
b. 6 is 7 times as many as 42.
c. 42 is 6 times as many as 7.
d. 6 more than 7 is 42.

Answer: c

Explanation: By comparing 42= 6×7 represents the equation.

Question 4.
The population of Middleton is six thousand, fifty-four people. Which of the following shows this number written in standard form?
Options:
a. 654
b. 6,054
c. 6,504
d. 6,540

Answer: b

Explanation: Six thousand fifty-four is equal to 6,054.

Question 5.
In an election for mayor, 85,034 people voted for Carl Green and 67,952 people voted for Maria Lewis. By how many votes did Carl Green win the election?
Options:
a. 17,082
b. 17,182
c. 22,922
d. 152,986

Answer: a

Explanation: Total votes Carl Green has got are 85,034and Maria Lewis got are 67,952. By 85,034-67,952= 17,082 votes Carl Green won the election.

Question 6.
Meredith picked 4 times as many green peppers as red peppers. If she picked a total of 20 peppers, how many green peppers did she pick?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 16
d. 24

Answer: c

Explanation: Let the red peppers be X and green peppers be 4X, And the total she picked is 20 peppers. So X+4X=20,
Then X=4. Green peppers she picked are 4×4= 16.

Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 83

Question 1.
Estimate the product by rounding.
5 × 2,213
_____ × _____ = _____

Answer: 5×2000= 10,000

Explanation: The rounding off for 2,213 is 2000. So 5×2000= 10,000.

Question 2.
Estimate the product by finding two numbers the exact answer is between.
5 × 2,213

Answer: 5×2000= 10,000 and 5×3000= 15,000.

Explanation: The rounding off for 2,213 is 2000 and 3000. So 5×2000= 10,000 and 5×3000= 15,000.

Tell whether the exact answer is reasonable.

Question 3.
Kira needs to make color copies of a horse show flyer. The printer can make 24 copies in 1 minute. Kira says the printer makes 114 copies in 6 minutes.

Answer: Kira is incorrect.

Explanation: As the printer can make 24 copies in 1 minute, So if we take 24 rounds off to 20 or 30 then the printer makes 120 or 180 copies. So Kira is incorrect.

Question 4.
Jones Elementary is having a car wash to raise money for a community horse trail. Each car wash ticket costs $8. Tiara says the school will receive $1,000 if 125 tickets are sold.

Answer: Tiara says correct.

Explanation: As 1000÷125= 8 which is each car wash ticket cost. So the answer is reasonable.

Tell whether the exact answer is reasonable.

Question 5.
Evaluate Reasonableness Mrs. Hense sells a roll of coastal Bermuda horse hay for $58. She says she will make $174 if she sells 3 rolls.

Answer: The answer is reasonable.

Explanation: As 174 is the nearest rounding off to 180. So the answer is reasonable.

Question 6.
Mr. Brown sells horse supplies. A pair of riding gloves sells for $16. He says he will make $144 if he sells 9 pairs.

Answer: The answer is reasonable

Explanation: As 144 is between 90 and 180, So the answer is reasonable. Here we will take rounding off for 9 as 10 and 20. So the answer must be between 90 and 180.

Question 7.
Path A and Path B are walking paths used for horses. Path A is 118 feet long. Path B is 180 feet long. Carlos walks his horse down each path 3 times. Which path did Carlos use to walk his horse about 500 feet? Explain.

Answer: Path B

Explanation: 118 is rounded off to 100 and then multiply with 3, 100  Then round off 180 to 200 and multiply with 3, 200  As 500 is closer to estimate of 600 compared to 300. So Path B is correct.

Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 2 Test Pdf Question 8.
Students in the third grade sell 265 tickets to the school play. Students in the fourth grade sell 3 times as many tickets as the third-grade students. Estimate the number of tickets the fourth-grade students sold by finding the two numbers the exact answer is between.
The students sold between

Answer: 600 and 900.

Explanation: 1let 265 be rounded off 200 and 300. As fourth-grade students sell 3 times as many as third-grade students, So 200 and 300  So tickets sold between 600 and 900.

Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands – Page No. 84

Predict whether the exact answer will be less than or greater than the estimate. Explain your answer.

Question 9.
The food stand at the zoo sold 2,514 pounds of hamburger last month. The average cost of a pound of hamburger is $2. Jeremy estimates that about $6,000 worth of hamburger was sold last month.

Answer: Lesser than the actual amount of hamburger.

Explanation: As the amount of hamburger sold is 468 pounds less than the estimated amount of 3000 pounds. So, the answer will be less than estimated.

Question 10.
A zoo bought 2,240 pounds of fresh food for the bears this month. The average cost of a pound of food is $4. Jeremy estimates that about $8,000 was spent on fresh food for the bears this month.

Answer: Greater than the actual amount of food bought.

Explanation: As the actual amount of food bought for the bears this month was 240 pounds greater than the estimated amount of 2,000 pounds. So, the answer will be greater than the estimated amount.

Common Core – Estimate Products – Page No. 85

Estimate the product by rounding.

Question 1.
4 × 472
4 × 472
↓
4 × 500 = 2,000

Question 2.
2 × 6,254

Answer: 12,000.

Explanation: The nearest rounding off for 6,254 is 6,000. So 2×6,000= 12,000.

Question 3.
9 × 54

Answer: 450

Explanation: The nearest rounding off for 54 is 50. So 9×50= 450.

Question 4.
5 × 5,503

Answer: 30,000.

Explanation: The nearest rounding off for 5,503 is 6,000. So 5×6,000= 30,000.

Question 5.
3 × 832

Answer: 2,400.

Explanation: The nearest rounding off for 832 is 800. So 3×800= 2,400.

Question 6.
6 × 98

Answer: The nearest rounding off for 98 is 100. So 6×100= 600.

Go Math Grade 4 Estimate Products Lesson 2.4 Question 7.
8 × 3,250

Answer: The nearest rounding off for 3,250 is 3,000. So 8×3,000= 24,000.

Question 8.
7 × 777

Answer: 5,600.

Explanation: The nearest rounding off for 777 is 800. So 7×800= 5,600.

Find two numbers the exact answer is between.

Question 9.
3 × 567

Answer: 1500 and 1800.

Explanation: The rounding off for 567 is 500 and 600. So 3×500= 1500 and 3×600= 1800.

Question 10.
6 × 7,381

Answer: 42,000 and 48,000.

Explanation: The rounding off for 7,381 is 7,000 and 8,000. So 6×7000= 42,000 and 6×8000= 48,000.

Question 11.
4 × 94

Answer: 360 and 400.

Explanation: The rounding off for 94 is 90 and 100. So 4×90= 360 and 4×100= 400.

Question 12.
6 × 684

Answer: 3600 and 4200

Explanation: The rounding off for 684 is 600 and 700. So 6×600= 3600 and 6×700= 4200.

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Isaac drinks 8 glasses of water each day. He says he will drink 2,920 glasses of water in a year that has 365 days. Is the exact answer reasonable? Explain

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: As the round-off for 365 can be 300 or 400. So 8×300= 2,400 and 8×400= 3,200. The estimated answer can be between 2,400 to 3,200. So the answer is Yes.

Question 14.
Most Americans throw away about 1,365 pounds of trash each year. Is it reasonable to estimate that Americans throw away over 10,000 pounds of trash in 5 years? Explain.

Answer: No.

Explanation: As the round-off for 1,365 can be 1000 or 2000. So 5×1000= 5,000 and 5×2000= 10,000. The estimated answer can be between 5,000 to 10,000.

Common Core – Estimate Products – Lesson Check – Page No. 86

Question 1.
A theater has 4,650 seats. If the theater sells all the tickets for each of its 5 shows, about how many tickets will the theater sell in all?
Options:
a. 2,500
b. 10,000
c. 25,000
d. 30,000

Answer: c

Explanation: As the nearest round off for 4,650 is 5,000. So 5,000×5= 25,000.

Question 2.
Washington Elementary has 4,358 students. Jefferson High School has 3 times as many students as Washington Elementary. About how many students does Jefferson High School have?
Options:
a. 16,000
b. 12,000
c. 10,000
d. 1,200

Answer: b

Explanation: As the nearest round off for 4,358 is 4,000. So 4,000×3= 12,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Diego has 4 times as many autographed baseballs as Melanie has. Diego has 24 autographed baseballs. How many autographed baseballs does Melanie have?
Options:
a. 28
b. 20
c. 8
d. 6

Answer: d

Explanation: Let the Melanie baseballs be S. As Diego has 4 times as many as Melanie and Diego has a total of 24 baseballs. So 4×S= 24, Then S= 24÷4 which is 6.

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 2.4 Estimate Products Question 4.
Mr. Turkowski bought 4 boxes of envelopes at the office supply store. Each box has 500 envelopes. How many envelopes did Mr. Turkowski buy?
Options:
a. 200
b. 504
c. 2,000
d. 20,000

Answer: c

Explanation: Turkowski has 4 boxes of envelopes and each box contains 500 envelopes, So total envelopes did Turkowski bought are 4×500= 2,000.

Question 5.
Pennsylvania has a land area of 44,816 square miles. Which of the following shows the land area of Pennsylvania rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 44,000 square miles
b. 44,800 square miles
c. 44,900 square miles
d. 45,000 square miles

Answer: b.

Explanation: As the nearest round off for 44,816 is 44,800.

Question 6.
The table shows the types of DVDs customers rented from Sunshine Movie Rentals last year.

How many comedy and action movies were rented in all last year?
Options:
a. 13,620
b. 13,000
c. 12,260
d. 10,752

Answer: c

Explanation: Comedy and action movies that are rented in last year are 6,720+5,540= 12,260.

Estimate Products – Page No. 89

Model the product on the grid. Record the product.

Question 1.
3 × 13

3 × 13 = _____

Answer: 39

Explanation: 3×13= 3 ×(10+3)
=(3×10)+ (3×3)
=30+9
=39

Question 2.
5 × 14

5 × 14 = _____

Answer: 70.

Explanation: 5×14 = 5×(10+4)
= (5×10)+(5×4)
= 50+20
= 70

Find the product.

Question 3.
6 × 14

6 × 14 = ______

Answer: 84

Explanation: 6×14= 6×(10+4)
= (6×10)+(6×4)
= 60+24
= 84

Question 4.
5 × 18

5 × 18 = ______

Answer: 90

Explanation: 5 × 18 =5 ×(10+8)
= (5 × 10)+ (5 ×8)
= 50+40
= 90.

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 2.4 Answer Key Question 5.
4 × 16

4 × 16 = ______

Answer: 64

Explanation: 4 × 16= (4 × 10)+( 4 ×6)
= 40+24
= 64.

Use grid paper or base-ten blocks to model the product.
Then record the product.

Question 6.
7 × 12 = ______

Answer: 84

Explanation: 7×12 = 7×(10+2)
=(7×10)+(7×2)
=70+14
84

Question 7.
5 × 16 = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation: 5×16= 5×(10+6)
=(5×10)+(5×6)
= 50+30
= 80

Question 8.
9 × 13 = ______

Answer: 117

Explanation: 9 × 13 = 9 ×(10+3)
=(9×10)+(9×3)
=90+27
=117

Question 9.
Explain how modeling partial products can be used to find the products of greater numbers.

Answer: 25 3= (20+5) 3
=(20×3)+(5×3)= 60+15=75

Explanation: Multiplication is easy. For example, if we take 25 3= (20+5) 3
=(20×3)+(5×3)= 60+15=75

Question 10.
Use the Distributive Property to model the product on the grid. Record the product.
4 × 14 = _____

Answer: 56.

Explanation: 4×14= 4×(10+4)
=(4×10)+(4×4)
=40+16
=56

Estimate Products – Page No. 90

Question 11.
Kyle went to a fruit market. The market sells a wide variety of fruits and vegetables. The picture at the right shows a display of oranges. Write a problem that can be solved using the picture.

Answer: A shopkeeper has oranges. He keeps his oranges in the basket having 6 rows and each row has 12 oranges. So how many oranges he owned?

Explanation: From the above picture we can see 6 rows and 12 columns of Oranges.
So the total number of Oranges is 6 × 12 = 72 Oranges.

Question 12.
Describe how you could change the problem by changing the number of rows of oranges and the number of empty spaces in the picture. Then solve the problem.

Common Core – Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 91

Model the product on the grid. Record the product.

Question 1.
4 × 19 = 76

4 × 10 = 40 and 4 × 9 = 36
40 + 36 = 76

Question 2.

5 × 13 = ______

Answer: 65.

Explanation:
5×10= 50 and 5×3= 15
50+15= 65.

Find the product.

Question 3.

4 × 14 = ______

Answer: 56

Explanation:
4×10= 40 and 4×4= 16
40+16= 56.

Question 4.

3 × 17 = ______

Answer: 51

Explanation:
3×10=30 and 3×7= 21
30+21= 51

Question 5.

6 × 15 = ______

Answer: 90

Explanation:
6×10= 60 and 6×5= 30
60+30= 90

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Michael arranged his pennies in the following display.

How many pennies does Michael have in all?

Answer: 91

Explanation: As there are 7 columns and 13 rows, So 13×7= 91.

Question 7.
A farmer has an apple orchard with the trees arranged as shown below.

If the farmer wants to pick one apple from each tree, how many apples will he pick?

Answer: 70

Explanation: As there are 5 columns and 14 rows, So 5×14= 70.

Common Core – Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Lesson Check – Page No. 92

Question 1.
The model shows how Maya planted flowers in her garden.

How many flowers did Maya plant?
Options:
a. 15
b. 18
c. 30
d. 45

Answer: d

Explanation: As 3×10= 30 and 3×5= 15
30+15= 45.

Question 2.
The model below represents the expression 5 x 18.

How many tens will there be in the final product?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: d

Explanation: As 5×18 is 90 and 90÷10= 9. So answer is 9.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Center City has a population of twenty one thousand, seventy people. Which of the following shows the population written in standard form?
Options:
a. 21,007
b. 21,070
c. 21,077
d. 21,700

Answer: b

Explanation: Twenty-one thousand seventy is equal to 21,070.

Multiply Using The Distributive Property Lesson 2.5 Answer Key Question 4.
Central School collected 12,516 pounds of newspaper to recycle. Eastland School collected 12,615 pounds of newspapers. How many more pounds of newspaper
did Eastland School collect than Central School?
Options:
a. 99 pounds
b. 101 pounds
c. 199 pounds
d. 1,099 pounds

Answer: a

Explanation: Central school has collected 12,516 pounds and Eastland school collected 12,615 pounds. So
12,615-12,516= 99.

Question 5.
Allison has 5 times as many baseball cards as football cards. In all, she has 120 baseball and football cards. How many baseball cards does Allison have?
Options:
a. 20
b. 24
c. 96
d. 100

Answer: d

Explanation: Let Football cards be X and baseball cards be 5X. So 5X+X= 120 in which X= 20. As Allison has 5 times as many baseball cards as football cards. So 5×20= 100.

Question 6.
A ruby-throated hummingbird beats its wings about 53 times each second. About how many times does a ruby throated hummingbird beat its wings in 5 seconds?
Options:
a. 25
b. 58
c. 250
d. 300

Answer: c

Explanation: As the nearest round-off for 53 is 50, So 50×5= 250.

Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 95

Question 1.
Find 4 × 213. Use expanded form.


_____

Record the product. Use the expanded form to help.

Question 2.
4 × 59 = _____

Answer: 236

Explanation: 4×(50+9)
= (4×50)+(4×9)
= 200+36
= 236.

Question 3.
3 × 288 = _____

Answer: 864

Explanation: 3×(200+80+8)
= (3×200)+(3×80)+(3×8)
= 600+240+24
= 864.

Record the product. Use the expanded form to help.

Question 4.
4 × 21 = _____

Answer: 84

Explanation: 4×(20+1)
= (4×20)+(4×1)
= 80+4
= 84.

Question 5.
6 × 35 = _____

Answer: 210

Explanation: 6×(30+5)
= (6×30)+(6×5)
= 180+30
= 210.

Question 6.
A hotel has 128 rooms on each floor. There are 4 floors in all. If 334 of the rooms in the hotel have been cleaned, how many rooms still need to be cleaned?

Answer: 178.

Explanation: The total floors in a hotel are 4 and each floor has 128 rooms, So total rooms in the hotel are 128×4= 512.
Of 512 rooms 334 were cleaned and the remaining rooms yet to be cleaned are 512-334= 178.

Question 7.
Ben wants to buy 2 blue sweaters for $119 each and 3 brown sweaters for $44 each. How much will Ben spend on the five sweaters?

Answer: $370.

Explanation: Ben wants to buy 2 blue sweaters for $119 each, So 119×2= 238. And 3 brown sweater for $44 each which means 44×3= 132. The total he spent on five sweaters is 238+132= 370.

Question 8.
A jeweler has 36 inches of silver chain. She needs 5 times that much to make some necklaces and 3 times that amount to make some bracelets. How much silver chain does the jeweler need to make her necklaces and bracelets?

Answer: 288 inches.

Explanation: As the jeweler has 36 inches of silver chain and she needs 5 times to make some necklaces which means 36×5= 180 and 3 times to make a bracelet which means 36×3= 108. So the total sliver she needs is 180+108= 288.

Question 9.
Gretchen walks her dog 3 times a day. Each time she walks the dog, she walks 1,760 yards. How many yards does she walk her dog in 3 days?

Answer: 15,840 yards.

Explanation: Gretchen walks 3 times a day which means for 3 days it will be 9 times. As she walks 1,760 yards, So 1760×9= 15,840.

Question 10.
Write an Expression Which expression could you write to show how to multiply 9 × 856 using place value and expanded form?

Answer: (9×800)+(9×50)+(9×6)

Explanation: Place value is the value of each digit in a number. So 856 can be expanded as 800+50+6.

Question 11.
Jennifer bought 4 packages of tacks. There are 48 tacks in a package. She used 160 of the tacks to put up posters. How many tacks does she have left? Explain.

Answer: 32.

Explanation: Jennifer bought 4 packages of tacks and each package contains 48 tacks. So total tacks are 48×4= 192.
As she used 160 tacks total tacks she left are 192-160= 32

Multiply Using the Distributive Property – Page No. 96

Use the table for 12–13.

Question 12.
What is the total cost of 3 Italian cypress trees?

Answer: $237.

Explanation: The cost of each Italian cypress tree is $79.  The total cost of 3 Italian cypress trees is 79×3= 237.

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 2.5 Answer Key Homework Question 13.
What’s the Error? Tanya says that the difference in the cost of 4 flowering cherry trees and 4 Muskogee crape myrtles is $80. Is she correct? Explain.

Answer: No, Because she used a normal price instead of the discounted price.

Explanation: For 4 and above trees, there is a discount price. So she is wrong.

Question 14.
What is the greatest possible product of a 2-digit number and a 1-digit number? Explain how you know.

Answer: 891.

Explanation: The greatest 2 digit number is 99 and the greatest single-digit number is 9. So the product is
99×9= 891.

Question 15.
Multiply 5 × 381 using place value and expanded form. Select a number from each box to complete the expression.

Answer: (5×300)+(5×80)+(5×1).

Explanation: The expanded form of 381 is 300+80+1.

Common Core – Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 97

Record the product. Use expanded form to help.

Question 1.
7 × 14 = 98
7 × 14 = 7 × (10 + 4)
= (7 × 10) + (7 × 4)
= 70 + 28
= 98

Question 2.
8 × 43 = _____

Answer: 344.

Explanation: 8×(40+3)
= (8×40)+(8×3)
= 320+24
= 344.

Question 3.
6 × 532 = _____

Answer: 3,192.

Explanation: 6×(500+30+2)
= (6×500)+(6×30)+(6×2)
= 3000+180+12
= 3,192.

Question 4.
5 × 923 = _____

Answer: 4,615

Explanation: 5×923= 5×(900+20+3)
=(5×900)+(5×20)+(5×3)
=4500+100+15
=4,615.

Question 5.
4 × 2,371 = _____

Answer: 9,484

Explanation: 4×2,371= 4×(2000+300+70+1)
= (4×2,000)+(4×300)+(4×70)+(4×1)
=8000+1200+280+4
=9,484

Question 6.
7 × 1,829 = _____

Answer: 12,803

Explanation: 7×1,829= 7×(1,000+800+20+9)
=(7×1,000)+( 7×800)+( 7×20)+( 7×9)
=7,000+5600+140+63
=12,803

Problem Solving

Question 7.
The fourth-grade students at Riverside School are going on a field trip. There are 68 students on each of the 4 buses. How many students are going on the field trip?

Answer: 272 students.

Explanation: No. of buses are 4 and on each bus, there are 68 students. So 68 4= 272.

Question 8.
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. Hannah likes to walk 5 miles each week for exercise. How many feet does Hannah walk each week?

Answer: 26,400 feet.

Explanation: There are 5,280 feet in one mile and Hannah walks 5 miles each week, So 5,280 5= 26,400.

Common Core – Multiply Using Expanded Form – Lesson Check – Page No. 98

Question 1.
Which expression shows how to multiply 7 × 256 by using expanded form and the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. (7 × 2) + (7 × 5) + (7 × 6)
b. (7 × 200) + (7 × 500) + (7 × 600)
c. (7 × 2) + (7 × 50) + (7 × 600)
d. (7 × 200) + (7 × 50) + (7 × 6)

Answer: d

Explanation: By Distributive property of multiplication 7×256=(7×200)+(7×50)+(7×6)

Question 2.
Sue uses the expression (8 × 3,000) + (8 × 200) + (8 × 9) to help solve a multiplication problem. Which is Sue’s multiplication problem?
Options:
a. 8 × 329
b. 8 × 3,029
c. 8 × 3,209
d. 8 × 3,290

Answer: b

Explanation: The expression (8×3,000)+(8×200)+(8×9) is written in the Distributive property of multiplication. So 8×3,029.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is another way to write 9 × 200?
Options:
a. 18 ones
b. 18 tens
c. 18 hundreds
d. 18 thousands

Answer: c

Explanation: 9×200= 1800

Question 4.
What is the value of the digit 4 in 46,000?
Options:
a. 4 ten thousands
b. 4 thousands
c. 4 hundreds
d. 4 tens

Answer: a

Explanation: The place value of 4 in 46,000 is 40,000.

Question 5.
Chris bought 6 packages of napkins for his restaurant. There were 200 napkins in each package. How many napkins did Chris buy?
Options:
a. 120
b. 1,200
c. 12,000
d. 120,000

Answer: b

Explanation: The total packages are 6 and each package contains 200 napkins. So 6 200=1,200.

Lesson 2.6 Multiply Using Expanded Form Question 6.
Which of the following lists the numbers in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. 8,512; 8,251; 8,125
b. 8,251; 8,125; 8,512
c. 8,125; 8,512; 8,251
d. 8,125; 8,251; 8,512

Answer: d

Explanation: 8,125>8,251>8,512.

Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 101

Question 1.
Use the model to find 2 × 137.

Answer: 274.

Explanation: 2×137= 2×(100+30+7)
=(2×100)+(2×30)+(2×7)
=200+60+14
=274.

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 2.
1 9 0
×   3
———–
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 600
Product: 570.

Explanation: Round off 190 to 200 and 200×3= 600. And the product is 190×3= 570.

Question 3.
4 7 1
×   4
———–
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 2000
Product: 1884.

Explanation: Round off 471 to 500 and 500×4= 2000. And the product is 471×4= 1884.

Question 4.
3, 439
×     7
———–
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 24,500
Product: 24,073.

Explanation: Round off 3,439 to 3500 and 3500×7= 24,500. And the product is 35000×7= 24,073.

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 5.
$ 5 3
×   4
———–
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $ 240
Product: $ 212

Explanation: Round off 53 to 60 and 60×4= 240. And the product is 53×4= 212.

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 2.6 Answer Key Question 6.
$ 4 7 3
×      4
———–
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $2,000
Product: $1,892.

Explanation: Round off 473 to 500 and 500×4= 2,000. And the product is 473×4= 1892.

Question 7.
6 0 8
×    6
———–
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 4,200
Product: 3,648

Explanation: Round off 608 to 700 and 700×6= 4,200. And the product is 608×6= 3,648.

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 8.
2 × 78 =
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 200
Product: 156

Explanation: Round off 78 to 100 and 100×2= 200. And the product is 78×2= 156.

Question 9.
2 × $210 =
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $600
Product: $420

Explanation: Round off 210 to 300 and 300×2= 600. And the product is 210×2= 420.

Question 10.
2 × $682 =
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $1,400.
Product: $1,364

Explanation: Round off 682 to 700 and 700×2= 1400. And the product is 682×2= 1364.

Question 11.
8 × 8,145 =
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 68,000.
Product: 65,160.

Explanation: Round off 8,145 to 8,500 and 8,500×8= 68,000. And the product is 8145×8= 65,160.

Use Reasoning Algebra Find the missing digit.

Question 12.
■5
× 7
————-
455
■ = _____

Answer: 65

Explanation: 65×7= 455.

Question 13.
2 4 8
×   3
————-
■ 44
■ = _____

Answer: 744

Explanation: 248×3= 744

Question 14.
$3 9 5
×     ■
————
$2,370
■ = _____

Answer: 6

Explanation: 395×6= 2370

Question 15.
3,748
×    4
———-
1 ■,992
■ = _____

Answer: 14,992

Explanation: 3,748×4= 14,992

Question 16.
A store-bought 9 cases of light bulbs in May and 8 cases in June. There are 48 light bulbs in a case. How many light bulbs did the store buy in May and June?

Answer: 816 bulbs.

Explanation: Light bulbs in May are 9 cases and in June are 8 cases. And each case has 48 light bulbs. So 9×48= 432 in May and 8×48= 384 in June. So total light bulbs in May and June are 384+432= 816.

Go Math Chapter 2 Grade 4 Review/Test Answer Key Question 17.
Mr. Wilson saved $2,500 to buy airline tickets for his family. He bought 6 airline tickets for $372 each. How much of his savings does Mr. Wilson have after he buys the tickets?

Answer: $268.

Explanation: Mr. Wilson bought 6 tickets and each cost $372, So 372×6= 2,232. The total money Mr. Wilson saved was $2,500. Total Savings are 2500-2232=$268.

Question 18.
Coach Ramirez bought 8 cases of bottled water for a road race. There are 24 bottles in each case. After the race, 34 bottles of water were left. How many bottles were used at the race? Explain.

Answer: 158 bottles.

Explanation: Ramirez bought 8 cases of water and each case contains 24 bottles. So the total bottles are 8×24=192 and 34 bottles left. Therefore used bottles are 192-34= 158.

Multiply Using Expanded Form – Page No. 102

Question 19.
Use Diagrams Look at the picture. Kylie has 832 songs on her portable media player. Lance has 3 times as many songs. How many fewer songs can Lance add to his player than Kylie can add to hers?

Answer: 1664.

Explanation: The total number of songs in portable media players is 9,000, and Kylie has 832 songs. So Kylie can add 9000-832= 8,168 songs. Lance has 3 times as many songs as Kylie, So Lance has 832×3= 2,496. He can add 9000-2496= 6504 to his player. Therefore 8168-6504=1664 Lance can add 1664 fewer songs to his player than Kylie.

Question 20.
James wants to buy the new portable media player shown. He has 5 times as many songs as Susan. Susan has 1,146 songs. Will all of his songs fit on the portable media player? How many songs does James have?

Answer: 5,730 songs. Yes, will fit on the portable media player.

Explanation: Susan has 1,146 songs and James has 5 times as many songs as Susan, So 1,146 5= 5,730 songs will fit on the portable media player.

Question 21.
The sum of a 3-digit number and a 1-digit number is 217. The product of the numbers is 642. If one number is between 200 and 225, what are the numbers?

Answer: 3.

Explanation: As the given product is 642 and the 3 digit number is between 200 and 225, So the 1-digit number is 3 because if we multiply 200 and 225 by 3 we will get the product as 600 and 675 and 642 is in between them. So 642 3= 214. And the one-digit number is 3.

Question 22.
Mrs. Jackson bought 6 gallons of juice for a party. Each gallon has 16 cups. After the party, 3 cups of juice were left over. At the party, how many cups did people drink? Show your work and explain how you found your answer.

Answer: 93.

Explanation: Mrs. Jackson bought 6 gallons of juice and each gallon has 16 cups. So total cups of juice is 16 6= 96 cups. And in that 3 cups of juice was left after the party. So 96-3= 93 cups of juice people drank.

Common Core – Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 103

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 1,200
2 4 3
×   6
——————
1,200
2 4 0
+1 8
—————–
1,458

Question 2.
6 4 0
×   3
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1800
Product: 1920.

Explanation: Rounding off 640 to 600 then the estimated product is 600 3= 1800 and 640 3= 1920.
6 4 0
×   3
——————
1800
+120
+0
——————
1920

Question 3.
$ 1 4 9
×      5
——————
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $500
Product: $745

Explanation: Rounding off 149 to 100 the estimated product is 100 5= 500 and 149 5= 745.
$ 1 4 9
×      5
——————
500
+200
+45
——————
745

Question 4.
7 2 1
×   8
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 5600
Product: 5768

Explanation: Rounding off 721 to 700 the estimated product is 700 8= 5600 and 721 8= 5,768.
7 2 1
×   8
——————
5600
+160
+8
——————
5,768

Practice and Homework Lesson 2.7 Answers 4th Grade Question 5.
2 9 3
×   4
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,172

Explanation: Rounding off 293 to 300 the estimated product is 300 4= 1200 and 293 4=1,172.
2 9 3
×   4
——————
800
+360
+12
——————
1,172

Question 6.
$ 4 1 6
×      6
——————
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $2400
Product: $2496

Explanation: Rounding off 293 to 300 then the estimated product is 400 6= 2400 and
416 6= 2496.
$ 4 1 6
×      6
——————
2400
+60
+36
—————–
2,496

Question 7.
9 6 1
×    2
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2000
Product: 1922

Explanation: Rounding off 961 to 1000 then the estimated product is 1000 2= 2000 and
961 2= 1922.
9 6 1
×    2
——————
1800
+120
+2
——————-
1922

Question 8.
8 3 7
×   9
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 7,200
Product: 7,533

Explanation: Rounding off 837 to 800 then the estimated product is 800 9= 7200 and
837 9= 7533.

8 3 7
×   9
——————
7200
+270
+63
—————–
7533

Question 9.
6 5 2
×   4
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,800
Product: 2,608

Explanation: Rounding off 652 to 700 then the estimated product is 700 4= 2800 and
652 4= 2,608.
6 5 2
×   4
——————
2400
+200
+8
—————–
2608

Question 10.
3 0 7
×   3
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 900
Product: 921

Explanation: Rounding off 307 to 300 then the estimated product is 300 3= 900 and
307 3= 921.
3 0 7
×   3
——–
900
+21
——
921

Question 11.
5 4 3
×   7
——————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 3500
Product: 3,801

Explanation: : Rounding off 543 to 500 then estimated product is 500 7= 3500 and
543 7= 3801.
5 4 3
×   7
——————
3500
+280
+21
—————–
3801

Question 12.
$ 8 2 2
×      5
——————
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $4,000.
Product: $4,110.

Explanation: Explanation: : Rounding off 822 to 800 then estimated product is 800 5= 4000 and
822 5= 4110.
$ 8 2 2
×      5
——————
4000
+100
+10
——————
4110

Problem Solving

Question 13.
A maze at a county fair is made from 275 bales of hay. The maze at the state fair is made from 4 times as many bales of hay. How many bales of hay are used for the maze at the state fair?

Answer: 1100 bales.

Explanation: No. of country fair bales are 275 and state fair bales are 4 times as many as country fair bales. So 275 4= 1100

Go Math Lesson 2.8 4th Grade Answer Key Question 14.
Pedro gets 8 hours of sleep each night. How many hours does Pedro sleep in a year with 365 days?

Answer: 2,920 hours.

Explanation: Pedro sleeps 8 hours each night and 365 days Pedro sleeps 365 8= 2,920 hours.

Common Core – Multiply Using Partial Products – Lesson Check – Page No. 104

Question 1.
A passenger jet flies at an average speed of 548 miles per hour. At that speed, how many miles does the plane travel in 4 hours?
Options:
a. 2,092 miles
b. 2,112 miles
c. 2,192 miles
d. 2,480 miles

Answer: c

Explanation: Average speed of passenger jet is 548 miles per hour. And the plane travels in 4 hours is 548 4= 2,192 miles.

Question 2.
Use the model to find 3 x 157.

Options:
a. 300,171
b. 300,157
c. 471
d. 451

Answer: c.

Explanation: By distributive property of multiplication 3 x 157= 3 x(100+50+7)
=(3 x100)+(3×50)+(3×7)
=300+150+21
=471

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The school fun fair made $1,768 on games and $978 on food sales. How much money did the fun fair make on games and food sales?
Options:
a. $2,636
b. $2,646
c. $2,736
d. $2,746

Answer: $2746.

Explanation: Money made on games is $1,768 and on food sale is $978. So total money make on games and food sales are 1768+978= 2746.

Question 4.
Use the table below.

Which of the following lists the states from least to greatest population?
Options:
a. Alaska, North Dakota, Vermont
b. Vermont, Alaska, North Dakota
c. North Dakota, Vermont, Alaska
d. Vermont, North Dakota, Alaska

Answer: d.

Explanation: Vermont has 621,760, North Dakota has 646,844 and Alaska has 698,473.
So Vermont, North Dakota, Alaska.

Question 5.
A National Park covers 218,375 acres. What is this number written in expanded form?
Options:
a. 200,000 + 10,000 + 8,000 + 300 + 70 + 5
b. 20,000 + 1,000 + 800 + 30 + 75
c. 218 + 375
d. 218 thousand, 375

Answer: a.

Explanation: 218,375 is expanded as 200,000 + 10,000 + 8,000 + 300 + 70 + 5

Question 6.
Last year a business had profits of $8,000. This year its profits are 5 times as great. What are this year’s profits?
Options:
a. $4,000
b. $40,000
c. $44,000
d. $400,000

Answer: b

Explanation: Last year’s profit of $8,000 and this year 5 times more. So this year profit is 8000 5= 40,000.

Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 105

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.

Question 1.
To find the product of a two-digit number and a 1-digit number, you can multiply the tens, multiply the ones, and find the sum of each ________________.

Answer: Factor

Explanation: Factors are the numbers which divides the original number completely.

Question 2.
The _____________ states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products.

Answer: Distributive Property

Explanation: Distributive property means if we multiply a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and adding the products.

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 3.
5 × 9 = 45
______ times as many as ______ is ______ .

Answer: 5 times as many as 9 is 45

Explanation:

Question 4.
24 = 6 × 4
______ is ______ times as many as ______ .

Answer: 24 is 6 times as many as 4.

Explanation:

Question 5.
54 = 6 × 9
______ is ______ times as many as ______ .

Answer: 54 is 6 times as many as 9

Explanation:

Question 6.
8 × 6 = 48
______ times as many as ______ is ______ .

Answer: 48 is 8 times as many as 6.

Explanation:

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 7.
7 5
× 5
—————
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 500
Product: 375

Explanation: Rounding off 75 to 100 estimated value is 100×5= 500 and 75×5= 375

Question 8.
1 2
× 6
—————
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 60
Product: 72

Explanation: Rounding off 12 to 10 estimated value is 10×6= 60 and 12×6= 72

Question 9.
2 8
× 3
—————

Answer:
Estimate: 90
Product: 84

Explanation: Rounding off 28 to 30 estimated value is 30×3= 90 and 28×3= 84

Question 10.
$4 3
× 6
—————
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: 300
Product: 258

Explanation: Rounding off 43 to 50 estimated value is 50×6= 300 and 43×6= 258

Record the product. Use expanded form to help.

Question 11.
5 × 64 = _____

Answer: 320

Explanation: 5 × 64= 5×(60+4)
=(5×60)+(5×4)
=300+20
=320

Question 12.
3 × 272 = _____

Answer: 812

Explanation: 3 × 272= 3×(200+70+2)
=(3×200)+(3×70)+(3×2)
=600+210+6
= 812

Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 106

Question 13.
There are 6 times as many dogs as cats. If the total number of dogs and cats is 21, how many dogs are there?

Answer: 18 dogs.

Explanation: Let cats be X and dogs are as many as 6 so dogs be 6X. As the total number of cats and dogs are X+6X=21, And X= 3 so dogs are 6×3= 18

Question 14.
The table below shows the number of calories in 1 cup of different kinds of berries. How many calories are in 4 cups of blackberries?

Answer: 248 Calories.

Explanation: The number of calories of blackberries in one cup are 62 and in 4 cups are 62×4= 248.

Question 15.
The skating rink rented 218 pairs of skates during the month of April and 3 times that many in May. How many pairs of skates did the skating rink rent during April and May?

Answer: 872 pairs.

Explanation: No. of pairs of skates in April are 218 and 3 times that many in May. So
3×218= 654. Total skates in April and May are 218+654= 872

Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 109

Question 1.
Break apart the factor 112 to find 7 × 112 by using mental math and addition.
7 × 112 = 7 × (_____ + 12)

Answer: 100

Explanation: 7 × 112 = 7 × (100 + 12)
= 7×(100+12)
= 700+84
= 784

Find the product. Tell which strategy you used.

Question 2.
4 × 6 × 50 = _____

Answer: 1200, Associative property.

Explanation:
4 × 6 × 50= 4 ×(6×50)
=4×(300)
=1200.

Question 3.
5 × 420 = _____

Answer: 2100, Use addition

Explanation: 420= 400+20
5×420= 5×(400+20)
=(5×400)+(5×20)
=2000+100
=2100.

Question 4.
6 × 298 = _____

Answer: 1788, Distributive property.

Explanation: 6×298 = 6×(200+90+8)
= (6×200)+( 6×90)+( 6×8)
= 1200+540+48
= 1788

Find the product. Tell which strategy you used.

Question 5.
14 × 50 = _____

Answer: 700, Halving and doubling.

Explanation: 14×50= (14×25)+(7×50)
= 350+350
= 700

Question 6.
32 × 25 = _____

Explanation: 32 × 25= 32× (20+5)
=(32×20)+(32×5)
=640+160
=800

Question 7.
8 × 25 × 23 = _____

Answer: 4,600, Associative property.

Explanation: 8×25×23=(8×25)× 23
=(200) ×23
4,600

Practice: Copy and Solve Use a strategy to find the product.

Question 8.
16 × 400 = _____

Answer: 6400, Distributive Property.

Explanation: 16×400= (8+8)×400
=(8×400)+ (8×400)
=3200+3200
=6400

Question 9.
3 × 31 × 10 = _____

Answer: 930, Associative property.

Explanation: 3×31×10= (3×31)×10
=(93) ×10
=930

Question 10.
3 × 199 = _____

Answer: 597, Distributive property.

Explanation: 3×199=3×(100+90+9)
=(3×100)+(3×90)+(3×9)
=300+270+27
= 597

Question 11.
3 × 1,021 = _____

Answer: 3063, Distributive Property.

Explanation: 3×1021= 3×(1000+20+1)
=(3×1000)+(3×20)+(3×1)
=3000+60+3
=3063

Identify Relationships Algebra Use mental math to find the unknown number.

Question 12.
21 × 40 = 840, so
21 × 42 = _____

Answer: 882

Explanation: By Distributive property 21 × 42= 21(40+2)
=(21×40)+(21×2)
=840+42
=882

Question 13.
9 × 60 = 540, so
18 × 30 = _____

Answer: 540

Explanation: As one factor is halved and the other one is doubled and the result is an equivalent expression.

Question 14.
The science museum sells dinosaur models to schools and libraries for $107 each. The town library buys 3 models. The town elementary school buys 5 models. What is the total cost of the models the town buys?

Answer: $856.

Explanation: The cost of each dinosaur model is $107, And the town library buys 3 models which cost 107×3= 321, and town elementary school buys 5 models which cost 107×5= 535. Total cost is 321+535= 856.

Question 15.
Kyle and Karen each bought 6 books of ride tickets at the fair. Each book has 15 tickets. How many tickets did they buy altogether?

Answer: 180 tickets

Explanation: Kyle and Karen each bought 6 books each that means total of 12 books and each book has 15 tickets. So total tickets both bought are 12×15= 180

Multiply Using Partial Products – Page No. 110

Use the table for 16–18.

Question 16.
Three thousand, forty-three people buy tickets at the gate for Section N and one hundred people buy tickets at the gate for Section L. How much money is collected for Section N and Section L at the gate?

Answer: $79575.

Explanation: As 3043 people bought tickets at the gate for Section N, So 3043×25= $76075 and 100 people bought tickets at the gate for Section L, So 100×35= $3500. The total money collected by both sections is 76075+3500= 79575.

Question 17.
Use Diagrams Tina and 3 of her friends buy the full season plan for Section M. If there are 45 games in the full season, how much money do they spend?

Answer: $4500.

Explanation: Tina and 3 of her friends which means a total of 4 members bought full season for Section M which costs $25 for each, So total cost is 25×4= 100. If there are 45 games in full seasons then 45×100= $4500.

Question 18.
When the full season tickets first went on sale, 2,000 Full Season tickets sold for Section N. Two weeks after the tickets first went on sale, another 1,500 full season tickets were sold for Section N. How much money was spent on full season tickets for Section N in total? How much more money was spent when the tickets first went on sale than after the first two weeks?
$ _____ was spent on full season tickets for Section N in total;

Answer: $70,000. $10,000 more

Explanation: The first sale tickets sold are 2,000 for Section N which is 2,000×20= 40,000.
And in next sale 1500 tickets sold out which is 1500×20= 30,000. Total money spent are 40,000+30,000= 70,000.

Question 19.
Find 6 × 407. Show your work and explain why the strategy you chose works best with the factors.

Answer: 2,442

Explanation: By using Distributive property 6×407= 6×(400+7)
=(6×400)+(6×7)
=2400+42
=2,442.

Common Core – Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 111

Find the product. Tell which strategy you used.

Question 1.
6 × 297
Think: 297 = 300 – 3
6 × 297 = 6 × (300 – 3)
= (6 × 300) – (6 × 3)
= 1,800 – 18
= 1,782;
use subtraction

Question 2.
8 × 25 × 23 = _____

Answer: 4,600. Associative property.

Explanation: Associative property states that the terms in an addition or multiplication problem can be grouped in different ways, and the answer remains the same.
8 × 25 × 23= (8×25)×23
=200×23
=4600

Question 3.
8 × 604 = _____

Answer: 4832, Use Addition.

Explanation: 604= 600+4
8×604= 8×(600+4)
=(8×600)+(8×4)
=4800+32
=4832.

Question 4.
50 × 28 = _____

Answer: 1400, Halving and doubling.

Explanation: 50×28= (25×28)+(50×14)
=700+700
=1400

Question 5.
9 × 199 = _____

Answer: 1,791

Explanation: By Distributive property 9 × 199= 9 ×(100+90+9)
=(9×100)+(9×90)+(9×9)
=900+810+81
= 1791

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 2.8 Answer Key Question 6.
20 × 72 × 5 = _____

Answer: 7,200.

Explanation: Associative property states that the terms in an addition or multiplication problem can be grouped in different ways, and the answer remains the same.
20 × 72 × 5= (20×72) ×5
=1440×5
=7,200.

Question 7.
32 × 25 = _____

Answer: 800.

Explanation: Multiplication.
32×25= 800.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Section J in an arena has 20 rows. Each row has 15 seats. All tickets cost $18 each. If all the seats are sold, how much money will the arena collect for Section J?

Answer: $5400.

Explanation: Total rows in the arena are 20 rows and each row has 15 seats. So total seats are 20×15= 300 seats. And each ticket cost is $18, So the total ticket price is 300×15= 5400.

Question 9.
At a high school gym, the bleachers are divided into 6 equal sections. Each section can seat 395 people. How many people can be seated in the gym?

Answer: 2,370 people.

Explanation: Total sections are 6 and each section contains 395 people. So total members can be seated in the gym are 395×6= 2,370 people.

Common Core – Multiply Using Mental Math – Lesson Check – Page No. 112

Question 1.
Pencils come in cartons of 24 boxes. A school bought 50 cartons of pencils for the start of school. Each box of pencils cost $2. How much did the school spend
on pencils?
Options:
a. $240
b. $1,200
c. $2,400
d. $4,800

Answer: c

Explanation: Total boxes of pencils are 24 and a school bought 50 cartons of pencils. So total no. of boxes are 24×50=1200 and each box of pencils cost $2. So 1200×2= 2400 school has spent.

Question 2.
The school also bought 195 packages of markers. There are 6 markers in a package. How many markers did the school buy?
Options:
a. 1,170
b. 1,195
c. 1,200
d. 1,230

Answer: a

Explanation: The school bought 195 packages of markers and each package contains 6 markers, So total markers are 195×6= 1170

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alex has 175 baseball cards. Rodney has 3 times as many baseball cards as Alex. How many fewer cards does Alex have than Rodney?
Options:
a. 700
b. 525
c. 450
d. 350

Answer: d

Explanation: Alex has 175 baseball cards and Rodney has 3 times as many as Alex, So total no. of cards Rodney have are 175×3= 525. And Alex has 525-175= 350 fewer cards than Rodney.

Question 4.
A theater seats 1,860 people. The last 6 shows have been sold out. Which is the best estimate of the total number of people attending the last 6 shows?
Options:
a. fewer than 6,000
b. about 6,000
c. fewer than 12,000
d. more than 20,000

Answer: c

Explanation:  No. of seats in a theater are 1,860 people and last 6 shows have been sold out, So 1,860×6= 11,160 which are fewer than 12,000.

Question 5.
At one basketball game, there were 1,207 people watching. At the next game, there were 958 people. How many people in all were at the two games?
Options:
a. 2,155
b. 2,165
c. 2,265
d. 10,787

Answer: b

Explanation: There are 1207 people are watching basketball game and in the next game 958 people are there. So total no. of people are 1,207+958= 2165.

Question 6.
Bill bought 4 jigsaw puzzles. Each puzzle has 500 pieces. How many pieces are in all the puzzles altogether?
Options:
a. 200
b. 900
c. 2,000
d. 20,000

Answer: c

Explanation: Bill bought 4 jigsaw puzzle and each puzzle has 500 pieces. So altogether pieces are 500×4= 2000.

Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 115

Question 1.
The seats in Sections A and B of the stadium are all taken for the last show. Section A has 8 rows of 14 seats each. Section B has 6 rows of 16 seats each. How many people are seated in Sections A and B for the last show?
First, draw and label a diagram. Next, find the number of seats in each section.

Last, find the total number of seats.
_____ + _____ = _____

Answer: 112+96= 208.

Explanation: As section A has 8 rows and 14 seats each, So 14×8= 112 and Section B has 6 rows and 16 seats each, So 16×6= 96. Total no. of people are seated in Section A and Section B are
112+96= 208.

Question 1.
There are _____________ people seated in Sections A and B for the last show.

Answer: 208.

Explanation: As Section A has 112 people and Section B has 96 people, So 112+96= 208.

Question 2.
What if Sections A and B each had 7 rows? How many people would have been seated in Sections A and B?

Answer: 210

Explanation: As section A has 7 rows and 14 seats each, So 14×7= 98 and Section B has 7 rows and 16 seats each, So 16×7= 112. Total no. of people are seated in Section A and Section B are
112+98= 210.

Question 3.
Brenda’s vegetable garden has 13 rows with 8 plants in each row. Brenda plans to plant peppers in the first 2 rows and the last 2 rows of the garden. The rest of the rows will be tomatoes. How many tomato plants will Brenda plant?

Answer: 72 tomato plants

Explanation: Brenda’s vegetable garden has 13 rows with 8 plants in each row as she plans to plant first 2 rows and last 2 rows with pepper, So 13-4= 9 rows contains tomato plants and each row contains 8 plants, So 9×8= 72 tomato plants.

Question 4.
There are 8 rows of 22 chairs set up for an awards ceremony at the school. In each row, the 2 chairs on each end are reserved for students receiving awards. The rest of the chairs are for guests. How many chairs are there for guests?

Answer: 144 Chairs.

Explanation: As there are 8 rows with 22 chairs in each row, So total no. of chairs is 22×8= 176 chairs. As 2 chairs at each end are reserved for students receiving the award, So total chairs reserved are 8×4=32. So remaining chairs are 176-32= 144.

Multiply Using Mental Math – Page No. 116

Use the graph for 5–6.

Question 5.
Mr. Torres took his students to the dolphin show. Each row in the stadium had 11 seats. One adult sat at each end of a row, and each group of 4 students was seated between 2 adults. Mr. Torres sat by himself. How many adults were there?
_____ adults including Mr. Torres

Answer: 13 adults.

Explanation: First we must find total no. of rows, As there are 24 students each group contains 4 students, So 24 4= 6 rows. And one adult sat in each end of the row, So in 6 rows 2 people will sit. Therefore total adults are 6×2=12 adults+ Mr. Torres= 13 adults.

Question 6.
Another stadium section has 24 rows of 10 seats each. Describe at least two ways Mrs. Allen’s class can sit if an equal number of students sit in each row.

Answer: 9 rows of 4 students or 6 rows of 6 students.

Explanation: As there are 36 students in Mrs. Allen’s class. So students can sit in 6 rows of 6 students or 9 rows of 4 students.

Question 7.
Carol, Ann, and Liz each bought a toy fish. Carol’s fish is 10 inches longer than Ann’s fish. Liz’s fish is 2 inches longer than twice the length of Ann’s fish. Ann’s fish is 12 inches long. Find the length of each toy fish.
Carol’s: _____ in.         Liz’s: _____ in.

Answer: Carol’s: 22 in., Liz’s: 26in.

Explanation: Ann’s fish is 12 inches longer and Carol’s fish is 10 inches longer than Ann’s fish which means 10+12= 22 inches, So Carol’s fish is 22 inches. Liz’s fish is 2 inches longer than twice the length of Ann’s fish, which means (2×12) +2=24+2= 26 inches.

Question 8.
Evaluate Relationships Nell made a secret code. Each code word has 2 letters. Each word begins with a consonant and ends with a vowel. How many code words can Nell make with 3 consonants and 2 vowels?
_____ code words

Answer: 6 ways.

Explanation: As each word begins with a consonant and ends with a vowel, So the first letter can be any one of 3 consonants and the second letter can be either one of 2 vowels. So Nell can make 3×2= 6 ways.

Question 9.
Allie is building a patio. The patio will have 8 tiles in each of 13 rows. She has already built the center section with 4 tiles in each of 7 rows. How many more tiles are needed to complete the patio? Show your work.

Answer: 76 tiles.

Explanation: Allie had 8 tiles in each of 13 rows, which means 13×8= 104 tiles. And the center section was built by 4 tiles in each of 7 rows, which means 4×7= 28 tiles. So 104-28= 76 tiles more needed to complete the patio.

Common Core – Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Page No. 117

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
A community park has 6 tables with a chessboard painted on top. Each board has 8 rows of 8 squares. When a game is set up, 4 rows of 8 squares on each board are covered with chess pieces. If a game is set up on each table, how many total squares are NOT covered by chess pieces?

4 × 8 = 32
32 × 6 = 192 squares

Question 2.
Jonah and his friends go apple picking. Jonah fills 5 baskets. Each basket holds 15 apples. If 4 of Jonah’s friends pick the same amount as Jonah, how many apples do Jonah and his friends pick in all? Draw a diagram to solve the problem.

Answer: 375 apples.

Explanation: As Jonah fills 5 baskets which holds 15 apples, So Jonah picked 15×5= 75 apples.
And 4 of his friends pick same amount of apples, which means 75×4=300. So total apples Jonah and his friends picked up are 300+75= 375 apples.

Question 3.
There are 6 rows of 16 chairs set up for the third-grade play. In the first 4 rows, 2 chairs on each end are reserved for teachers. The rest of the chairs are for students. How many chairs are there for students?

Answer: 80 chairs.

Explanation: As there are 6 rows of 16 chairs which means 16×6= 96 total chairs. And first 4 rows 2 chairs on each end are reserved for teachers, which means 4×4= 16 chairs are reserved for teachers. So 96-16= 80 chairs are left for the students.

Common Core – Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Lesson Check – Page No. 118

Question 1.
At a tree farm, there are 9 rows of 36 spruce trees. In each row, 14 of the spruce trees are blue spruce. How many spruce trees are NOT blue spruce?
Options:
a. 126
b. 198
c. 310
d. 324

Answer: b

Explanation: There are 9 rows of 36 spruce trees which means 9×36= 324 spruce trees. And in that, each row has 14 blue spruce trees which mean 14×9= 126. So 324-126= 198 spruce trees are not blue.

Question 2.
Ron is tiling a countertop. He needs to place 54 square tiles in each of 8 rows to cover the counter. He wants to randomly place 8 groups of 4 blue tiles each and have the rest of the tiles be white. How many white tiles will Ron need?
Options:
a. 464
b. 432
c. 400
d. 32

Answer: c

Explanation: Ron places 54 square tiles in each of 8 rows which means 54×8=432 tiles. And he randomly places 8 groups of 4 blue tiles which means 8×4= 32 blue tiles are placed. So no. of white tiles are 432-32= 400.

Question 3.
Juan reads a book with 368 pages. Savannah reads a book with 172 fewer pages than Juan’s book. How many pages are in the book Savannah reads?
Options:
a. 196
b. 216
c. 296
d. 540

Answer: a

Explanation: Juan reads a book with 368 pages and Savannah reads a book with 172 fewer pages than Juan’s which means 368-172= 196 pages are in Savannah’s read.

Question 4.
Hailey has bottles that hold 678 pennies each. About how many pennies does she have if she has 6 bottles filled with pennies?
Options:
a. 3,600
b. 3,900
c. 4,200
d. 6,000

Answer: c

Explanation: Let’s round off 678 to 700 and Hailey has bottles that hold 700 pennies each and if she has 6 bottles filled with pennies which means 700×6= 4200.

Question 5.
Terrence plants a garden that has 8 rows of flowers, with 28 flowers in each row. How many flowers did Terrence plant?
Options:
a. 1,664
b. 224
c. 164
d. 36

Answer: b

Explanation: As the garden has 8 rows of flowers with 28 flowers in each row, So no. of flowers is 28×8= 224.

Question 6.
Kevin has 5 fish in his fish tank. Jasmine has 4 times as many fish as Kevin has. How many fish does Jasmine have?
Options:
a. 15
b. 20
c. 25
d. 30

Answer: b

Explanation: As Kevin has 5 fishes and Jasmine has 4 times as many as Kevin which means 5×4= 20 fishes Jasmine has.

Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Page No. 121

Question 1.
Use the model to find the product.

2 × 36 = _____

Answer: 72

Explanation: 2×36=2×(30+6)
=(2×30)+(2×6)
=60+12
=72

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 2.
4 2
× 4
—————-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 160
Product: 168

Explanation: Round off 42 to 40 and estimated value is 40×4= 160 and 42×4= 168
4 2
× 4
——-
168

Question 3.
3 2
× 2
—————-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 60
Product: 64

Explanation: Round off 32 to 30 and the estimated value is 30×2= 60 and 32×2= 64.
3 2
× 2
——
64

Question 4.
8 1
× 5
—————-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 400
Product: 405

Explanation: Round off 81 to 80 and the estimated value is 80×5= 400 and 81×5= 405.
81
× 5
——
405

Question 5.
$6 3
× 7
—————-
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 420
Product: 441

Explanation: Round off 63 to 60 and the estimated value is 60×7= 420 and 63×7= 441.
$63
× 7
——
441

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 6.
3 3
× 2
—————-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 60
Product: 66

Explanation: Round off 33 to 30 and the estimated value is 30×2= 60 and 33×2= 66.
3 3
× 2
——
66

Question 7.
$2 5
× 3
—————-
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 90
Product: 75

Explanation: Round off 25 to 30 and the estimated value is 30×3= 90 and 25×3= 75.
$25
× 3
——
75

Question 8.
3 6
× 8
—————-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 320
Product: 288

Explanation: Round off 36 to 40 and the estimated value is 40×8= 320 and 36×8= 288.
36
× 8
——
288

Question 9.
$9 4
× 5
—————-
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 450
Product: 470

Explanation: Round off 94 to 90 and the estimated value is 90×5= 450 and 94×5= 470.
$94
× 5
——
470

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 10.
3 × 82
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 240
Product: 246

Explanation: Round off 82 to 80 and the estimated value is 80×3= 240 and 82×3= 246.
3 2
× 2
——
246

Question 11.
9 × 41
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 360
Product: 369

Explanation: Round off 41 to 40 and the estimated value is 40×9= 360 and 41×9= 369.
41
×9
——
369

Question 12.
7 × $23
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 140
Product: 161

Explanation: Round off 23 to 20 and the estimated value is 20×7= 140 and 23×7= 161.
23
× 7
——
161

Question 13.
8 × $54
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 400
Product: 432

Explanation: Round off 54 to 50 and the estimated value is 50×8= 400 and 54×8= 432.
54
×8
——
432

Identify Relationships Algebra Write a rule. Find the unknown numbers.

Question 15.

Answer: 36, 60

Explanation: If 1 carton contains 12 eggs then 3 cartons will have 3×12= 36 and 5 cartons contains 5×12= 60.

Question 16.

Answer: 160, 192

Explanation: If 2 rows have 32 seats then 5 rows will have 5×32= 160 and 6 rows will have 6×32= 192 seats

Question 17.
It will cost $73 per hour to rent a sailboat and $88 per hour to rent a ski boat. How much more will it cost to rent a ski boat than a sailboat for 4 hours?

Answer: $60.

Explanation: Cost of sailboat to rent per hour is $73 and for 4 hours it costs $73×4= $292. And cost of Ski boat to rent per hour is $88 and for 4 hours it costs $88×4= $352. So $352-$292= $60 much more costs for a ski boat than a sailboat.Problem Solving Multistep Multiplication Problems – Page No. 122

Use the table for 18–19.

Question 18.
At the speeds shown, how much farther could a black-tailed jackrabbit run than a desert cottontail in 7 seconds?

Answer: 203 ft.

Explanation: Black-tailed jackrabbit runs at a speed of 51 ft per sec, So in 7 seconds jackrabbit runs 51×7= 357 ft and Desert cottontail runs at a speed of 22 ft per sec, So in 7 seconds it runs 22×7= 154 ft. So 357-154= 203 ft could a black-tailed jackrabbit run than a desert cottontail in 7 seconds.

Question 19.
A black-tailed jackrabbit hops about 7 feet in a single hop. How far can it hop in 5 seconds?
about ______ hops

Answer: 35 hops.

Explanation: As black-tailed jackrabbit hops about 7 feet in a single hop, So in 5 seconds it hops 7×5= 35.

Question 20.
Mr. Wright bought a 3-pound bag of cat food and a 5-pound bag of dog food. There are 16 ounces in each pound. How many ounces of pet food did Mr. Wright buy?

Answer: 128 ounces.

Explanation: Mr. Wright bought a 3-pound bag of cat food and there are 16 ounces in each pound, So 3×16= 48 ounces and 5pound bag of dog food as 5×16= 80 ounces. So total ounces of pet food are 48+80= 128 ounces.

Question 21.
The sum of two numbers is 31. The product of the two numbers is 150. What are the numbers?

Answer: 6 and 25.

Explanation: Let the numbers be X and Y, So the sum of two numbers is 31 which means X+Y=31 and product of two numbers is 150 which means X×Y=150. So X=31-Y then replace X=31-Y, So (31-Y)×Y= 150, then 31Y-Y^² = 150 which is Y^² – 31Y+ 150 = 0. By factorization Y= 25 and X×25= 150 then X= 6. Therefore X= 6 and Y= 25.

Question 22.
Use Reasoning 6 × 87 is greater than 5 × 87. How much greater? Explain how you know without multiplying.

Answer: 6×87>5 × 87.

Explanation: As 6 is greater than 5, So 6×87 is greater than 5 × 87

Question 23.
Multiply 6 × 73. For 23a–23d, select True or False for each statement.
a. A reasonable estimate of the product is $420.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: 6×73= 438

Question 23.
b. Using partial products, the products are 42 and 180.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: The partial products are 420 and 18

Question 23.
c. Using regrouping, 18 ones are regrouped as 8 tens and 1 one.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: 8 tens and 1 one means 81.

Question 23.
d. The product is 438.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: 6×73= 438

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 123

Estimate. Then record the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 150

Question 2.
3 2
× 8
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 240
Product: 256

Explanation: Round off 32 to 30 and 30×8=240.
3 2
× 8
————
256

Answer:
Estimate: 240
Product: 256

Explanation: Round off 32 to 30 and 30×8=240.
3 2
× 8
————
256

Answer:
Estimate: 240
Product: 256

Explanation: Round off 32 to 30 and 30×8=240.
3 2
× 8
————
256

Question 3.
$5 5
× 2
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $120
Product: $110

Explanation: Round off 55 to 60 and 60×2= 120.
$5 5
× 2
————-
$110

Question 4.
6 1
× 8
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 480
Product: 488

Explanation: Round off 61 to 60 and 60×8= 480.
6 1
× 8
———–
488

Question 5.
3 7
× 9
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 360
Product: 333

Explanation: Round off 37 to 40 and 40×6= 360.
3 7
× 9
———–
333

Question 6.
$1 8
× 7
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $140
Product: $126

Explanation: Round off 18 to 20 and 20×7= 140.
$1 8
× 7
———-
$126

Question 7.
8 3
× 5
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 400
Product: 415

Explanation: Round off 83 to 80 and 80×5= 400.
8 3
× 5
——-
415

Question 8.
9 5
× 8
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 800
Product: 760

Explanation: Round off 95 to 100 and 100×8= 800.
9 5
× 8
——–
760

Question 9.
9 4
× 9
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 810
Product: 846

Explanation: Round off 94 to 90 and 90×9= 810.
9 4
× 9
——-
846

Question 10.
5 7
× 6
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 360
Product: 342

Explanation: Round off 57 to 60 and 60×6= 360.
5 7
× 6
——
342

Question 11.
7 2
× 3
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 210
Product: 216

Explanation: Round off 72 to 70 and 70×3= 210.
7 2
× 3
——-
216

Question 12.
$7 9
× 8
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: $640
Product: $632

Explanation: Round off 79 to 80 and 80×8= 640.
$7 9
× 8
——-
$632

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Sharon is 54 inches tall. A tree in her backyard is 5 times as tall as she is. The floor of her treehouse is at a height that is twice as tall as she is. What is the difference, in inches, between the top of the tree and the floor of the treehouse?

Answer: 162 inches.

Explanation: Sharon is 54 inches tall and a tree in her backyard is 5 times as tall as she is which means 54×5= 270. And her treehouse is twice as tall as she is which means 54×2= 108 inches. So the difference between the top of the tree and the floor of the treehouse is 270-108= 162 inches.

Question 14.
Mr. Diaz’s class is taking a field trip to the science museum. There are 23 students in the class, and a student admission ticket is $8. How much will the student
tickets cost?

Answer: $184.

Explanation: Total no. of students are 23 and tickets cost is $8, So 23×8= $184.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Lesson Check – Page No. 124

Question 1.
A ferryboat makes four trips to an island each day. The ferry can hold 88 people. If the ferry is full on each trip, how many passengers are carried by the ferry
each day?
Options:
a. 176
b. 322
c. 332
d. 352

Answer: d

Explanation: Total trips made by the ferryboat each day are 4 and it can hold 88 people, So 88×4= 352 passengers are carried by ferryboat each day.

Question 2.
Julian counted the number of times he drove across the Seven Mile Bridge while vacationing in the Florida Keys. He crossed the bridge 34 times. How many miles in all did Julian drive crossing the bridge?
Options:
a. 328 miles
b. 248 miles
c. 238 miles
d. 218 miles

Answer: c

Explanation: No. of times Julian drive across the bridge is 7 miles and he crossed the bridge 34 times, So 34×7= 238 miles Julian drive crossing the bridge.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sebastian wrote the population of his city as 300,000 + 40,000 + 60 + 7. Which of the following shows the population of Sebastian’s city written in standard form?
Options:
a. 346,700
b. 340,670
c. 340,607
d. 340,067

Answer: d

Explanation: 300,000+40,000+60+7= 340,067.

Question 4.
A plane flew 2,190 kilometers from Chicago to Flagstaff. Another plane flew 2,910 kilometers from Chicago to Oakland. How much farther did the plane that flew to Oakland fly than the plane that flew to Flagstaff?
Options:
a. 720 kilometers
b. 820 kilometers
c. 5,000 kilometers
d. 5,100 kilometers

Answer: a

Explanation: Plane flew from Chicago to Flagstaff is 2,190 km and another plane flew from Chicago to Oakland is 2,910, So 2910-2190= 720 km.

Question 5.
Tori buys 27 packages of miniature racing cars. Each package contains 5 cars. About how many miniature racing cars does Tori buy?
Options:
a. 15
b. 32
c. 100
d. 150

Answer: d

Explanation: Let’s round off 27 packages to 30 and each package contains 5 cars, which means 30×5=150.

Question 6.
Which of the following equations represents the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 3 × 4 = 4 × 3
b. 9 × 0 = 0
c. 5 × (3 + 4) = (5 × 3) + (5 × 4)
d. 6 × (3 × 2) = (6 × 3) × 2

Answer: c

Explanation: Distributive property means if we multiply a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and adding the products.

Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 127

Question 1.
Tell what is happening in Step 1 of the problem.

Answer: Multiplying 4×6

Explanation: In step 1 Multiplying 4×6= 24.

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 2.
6 0 3
×   4
————
2,400
Estimate: __________
Product: ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 2400
Product: 2412

Explanation: Rounding off 603 to 600 then 600×4= 2400.
6 0 3
×   4
——–
2412

Question 3.
1,935
×    7
————
Estimate: __________
Product: ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 14,000.
Product: 13,545.

Explanation: Rounding off 1935 to 2000 then 2000×7= 14,000.
1,935
×    7
———
13,545

Question 4.
$ 8,326
×       5
————
Estimate: $ __________
Product: $ ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 40,000
Product: 41,630

Explanation: Rounding off 8326 to 8000 then 8000×5= 40,000.
$ 8,326
×       5
———-
41,630

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 5.
$ 3,316
×       8
—————-
Estimate: $ __________
Product: $ ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 24,000.
Product: 26,528.

Explanation: Rounding off 3316 to 3000 then 3000×8= 24,000.
$ 3,316
×       8
———
26,528

Question 6.
$ 2,900
×       7
—————–
Estimate: $ __________
Product: $ ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 21,000.
Product: 20,300

Explanation: Rounding off 2900 to 3000 then 3000×7= 21,000.
$ 2,900
×       7
———-
20,300

Question 7.
$ 4,123
×       6
—————–
Estimate: $ __________
Product: $ ___________

Answer:
Estimate: 24,000.
Product: 24,738

Explanation: Rounding off 4,123 to 4000 then 4000×6= 24,000.
$ 4,123
×       6
———–
24,738

Question 8.
Mr. Jackson has $5,400 to buy supplies for the school computer lab. He buys 8 boxes of printer ink that cost $149 each and 3 printers that cost $1,017 each. How much money will Mr. Jackson have left after he buys the printer ink and printers?

Answer: $1,157

Explanation: As 8 boxes of printer ink cost $149 each which is $149×8=$1,192 and 3 printers costs $1,017 which is $1,017×3=$3,051. So 3051+1192= 4,243 total spent by Mr. Jackson on Printer ink and printers. The money left are $5,400-$4,243= 1,157.

Practice: Copy and Solve Compare. Write <, >, or = .

Question 9.
5 × 352 _____ 4 × 440

Answer: 5 × 352  = 4 × 440

Explanation: As 5 × 352= 1,760 and 4 × 440= 1,760

Question 10.
6 × 8,167 _____ 9,834 × 5

Answer: 6 × 8,167 <  9,834 × 5

Explanation: As 6 × 8,167= 49,002 and 9,834 × 5= 49,170. So 6 × 8,167 <  9,834 × 5

Question 11.
3,956 × 4 _____ 5 × 7,692

Answer: 3,956 × 4 < 5 × 7,692

Explanation: As 3,956 × 4= 15,824 and 5 × 7,692= 38,460. So 3,956 × 4 < 5 × 7,692

Question 12.
740 × 7 _____ 8 × 658

Answer: 740 × 7 < 8 × 658

Explanation:  As 740 × 7 = 5180 and 8 × 658= 5264. So 740 × 7 < 8 × 658

Question 13.
4 × 3,645 _____ 5 × 2,834

Answer: 4 × 3,645 > 5 × 2,834

Explanation: As 4 × 3,645= 14580 and 5 × 2,834= 14,170. So 4 × 3,645 > 5 × 2,834.

Question 14.
6,573 × 2 _____ 4,365 × 3

Answer: 6,573 × 2 > 4,365 × 3

Explanation: As 6,573 ×2= 13,146 and 4,365 × 3= 13,095. So 6,573 × 2 > 4,365 × 3.

Multiply 2-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 128

Question 15.
Airplane tickets to Fairbanks, Alaska, will cost $958 each. Airplane tickets to Vancouver, Canada, will cost $734. How much can the four members of the Harrison family save on airfare by vacationing in Vancouver?

Answer: $896.

Explanation: Airplane tickets cost for Alaska is $958 each. As Harrison family are 4 members so it will cost $958×4= $3,832 And for Vancouver it costs $734 each. So $734×4= $2,936 and Harrison family save $3832-$2936= $896.

Question 16.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, is 2,147 miles from Salt Lake City, Utah, and 2,868 miles from Portland, Oregon. What is the difference in the round-trip distances between Philadelphia and each of the other two cities? Explain whether you need an estimate or an exact answer.

Answer: 1,442 mi.

Explanation: The distance between Philadelphia and Salt Lake is 2,147 miles and round-trip distance is 2×2,147= 4,294 miles. And the distance between Philadelphia and Portland is 2,868 miles and the round-trip distance is 2×2868= 5736 miles. So the difference is
5,736-4,294= 1442 miles.

Question 17.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Joe says that the product of a 4-digit number and a 1-digit number is always a 4-digit number. Does Joe’s statement make sense? Explain.

Answer: No, Joe’s statement is incorrect.

Explanation: As there are regrouped thousands, the product of a 4-digit number and a 1-digit number can have 5 digits.

Question 18.
What number is 150 more than the product of 5 and 4,892? Explain how you found the answer.

Answer: 24,610.

Explanation: Let’s find the product of 5×4,892= 54,460 and then add 150 to the product, So 24,460+150= 24,610.

Common Core – Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 129

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 4,000

Question 2.
5,339
×    6
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 30,000
Product: 32,034

Explanation: Round off 5,339 to 5000 then 5000×6= 30,000.
5,339
×    6
———-
32,034

Question 3.
$879
×   8
————-
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: $7,200.
Product: $7,032.

Explanation: Round off 879 to 900 then 900×8= 7,200.
$879
×   8
——–
7,032

Go Math Lesson 2.11 4th Grade Question 4.
3,182
×    5
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 15,000
Product: 15,910

Explanation: Round off 3,182 to 3000 then 3000×5= 15,000.
3,182
×    5
———-
15,910

Question 5.
4,616
×    3
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 15,000
Product: 13,848

Explanation: Round off 4,616 to 5,000 then 5000×3= 15,000.
4,616
×    3
———
13,848

Question 6.
2,854
×    9
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 27,000
Product: 25,686

Explanation: Round off 2,854 to 3000 then 3000×9= 27,000.
2,854
×    9
———
25,686

Question 7.
7,500
×    2
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 16,000
Product: 15,000

Explanation: Round off 7,500 to 8000 then 8000×2= 16,000.
7,500
×    2
———
15,000

Question 8.
9 4 8
×   7
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 6,300
Product: 6,636

Explanation: Explanation: Round off 948 to 900 then 900×7= 6,300.
9 4 8
×   7
——-
6,636

Question 9.
1,752
×    6
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 12,000.
Product: 10,512.

Explanation: Explanation: Round off 1,752 to 2000 then 2000×6= 12,000.
1,752
×    6
———–
10,512

Question 10.
5 5 0
×   9
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 5,400
Product: 4,950

Explanation: Round off 550 to 600 then 600×9= 5,400.
5 5 0
×   9
——–
4,950

Question 11.
6,839
×    4
————-
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 28,000
Product: 27,356

Explanation: Round off 6,839 to 7000 then 7000×4= 28,000.
6,839
×    4
———-
27,356

Question 12.
$9,614
×      6
————-
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ ________

Answer:
Estimate: 60,000.
Product: 57,684.

Explanation: Round off 9,614 to 10,000 then 10,000×6= 60,000.
$9,614
×      6
———-
57,684

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Lafayette County has a population of 7,022 people. Columbia County’s population is 8 times as great as Lafayette County’s population. What is the population of Columbia County?

Answer: 56,176 people

Explanation: Lafayette County has a population of 7,022 people and Columbia County’s population is 8 times Lafayette County which means 7,022×8= 56,176.

Question 14.
A seafood company sold 9,125 pounds of fish last month. If 6 seafood companies sold the same amount of fish, how much fish did the 6 companies sell last month in all?

Answer: 54,750 pounds.

Explanation: As the seafood company sold 9,125 pounds of fishes last month and 6 seafood companies also sold the same amount which means 9,125×6= 54,750 pounds.

Common Core – Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Lesson Check – Page No. 130

Question 1.
By recycling 1 ton of paper, 6,953 gallons of water are saved. How many gallons of water are saved by recycling 4 tons of paper?
Options:
a. 24,602 gallons
b. 27,612 gallons
c. 27,812 gallons
d. 28,000 gallons

Answer: c

Explanation: As 1 ton of paper saves 6,953 gallons of water, So 4 tons of paper can save 6,953×4= 27,812.

Question 2.
Esteban counted the number of steps it took him to walk to school. He counted 1,138 steps. How many steps does he take walking to and from school each day?
Options:
a. 2,000
b. 2,266
c. 2,276
d. 22,616

Answer: c

Explanation: As Esteban counted 1,138 steps to school and from school, it will be 1,138+1,138=2,276 steps

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A website has 13,406 people registered. What is the word form of this number?
Options:
a. thirty thousand, four hundred six
b. thirteen thousand, four hundred sixty
c. thirteen thousand, four hundred six
d. thirteen thousand, six hundred six

Answer: c

Explanation: 13,406 in words are thirteen thousand four hundred six.

Question 4.
In one year, the McAlister family drove their car 15,680 miles. To the nearest thousand, how many miles did they drive their car that year?
Options:
a. 15,000 miles
b. 15,700 miles
c. 16,000 miles
d. 20,000 miles

Answer: c

Explanation: 15,680 nearest thousand is 16,000

Question 5.
Connor scored 14,370 points in a game. Amy scored 1,089 fewer points than Connor. How many points did Amy score?
Options:
a. 12,281
b. 13,281
c. 15,359
d. 15,459

Answer: b

Explanation: Connor scored 14,370 points and Amy scored 1,089 fewer points, So Amy score is 14,370-1089= 13,281.

Question 6.
Lea buys 6 model cars that each cost $15. She also buys 4 bottles of paint that each cost $11. How much does Lea spend in all on model cars and paint?
Options:
a. $134
b. $90
c. $44
d. $36

Answer: a

Explanation: Lea buys 6 model cars that each cost $15, So the total cost for cars is $15×6= $90.
And 4 bottles of paint that each cost $11, So the total cost of paints is $11×4= $44. Then
$90+$44= $134.

Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 133

Question 1.
Use the order of operations to find the value of n.
5 × 17 + 5 × 20 – 32 = n
n = ______

Answer: 153

Explanation: (5×17)+5×20 –32=
= 85+100-32
=185-32
=153

Find the value of n.

Question 2.
3 × 22 + 7 × 41 – 24 = n
n = ______

Answer: 329.

Explanation: 3×22+7×41–24
=66+287-24
=329.

Question 3.
4 × 34 + 6 × 40 – 66 = n
n = ______

Answer: 310.

Explanation: 4×34+6×40–66=
=136+240-66
=310.

Question 4.
2 × 62 + 8 × 22 – 53 = n
n = ______

Answer: 247

Explanation: 2×62+8×22–53=
= 124+176-53
=300-53
=247.

Question 5.
6 × 13 + 9 × 34 – 22 = n
n = ______

Answer: 362.

Explanation: 6×13+9×34–22=
=78+306-22
=384-22
=362.

Find the value of n.

Question 6.
8 × 42 + 3 × 59 – 62 = n
n = ______

Answer: 451.

Explanation: 8×42+3×59–62=
=336+177-62
=513-62
=451.

Question 7.
6 × 27 + 2 × 47 – 83 = n
n = ______

Answer: 173

Explanation: 6×27+2×47–83=
=162+94-83
=256-83
=173

Question 8.
Maggie has 3 binders with 25 stamps in each binder. She has 5 binders with 24 baseball cards in each binder. If she gives 35 stamps to a friend, how many stamps and cards does she have left?

Answer: 160

Explanation: Maggie has 3 binders with 25 stamps each binder, so total stamps are 3×25= 75. And 5 binders with 24 baseball cards in each binder. So total baseball cards are 24×5=120.
As she gave 35 stamps to a friend, so 75-35= 40. Total stamps and cards she has
120+40= 160

Question 9.
Evaluate Maddox has 4 boxes with 32 marbles in each box. He has 7 boxes with 18 shells in each box. If he gets 20 marbles from a friend, how many marbles and shells does he have?

Answer: 274.

Explanation: Maddox has 4 boxes and 32 marbles in each box, so 4×32= 128. And 7 boxes with 18 shells in each box which means 7×18= 126. And he got 20 marbles from a friend, so
128+20= 148 marbles. So total marbles and shells he has 148+126= 274.

Question 10.
The soccer team sells 54 bagels with cream cheese for $2 each and 36 muffins for $1 each during a bake sale. The coach uses the money to buy socks for the 14 players. The socks cost $6 per pair. How much money does the coach have left? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer: $60.

Explanation: Soccer team sells 54 bagels with cream cheese for $2 each, so 54×2= $108 total amount raised by selling bagels with cream cheese. And 36 muffins for $1 each which means 36×$1= $36 raised by selling muffins. So the total amount raised is $108+$36= $144. And he uses the money to buy socks for 14 players and each pair is $6, So 14×$6= $84 needed to buy socks for the players. So $144-$84= $60 left with the coach after buying socks for the players.

Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers with Regrouping – Page No. 134

Question 11.
What’s the Error? Dominic has 5 books with 12 postcards in each book. He has 4 boxes with 20 coins in each box. If he gives 15 post cards to a friend, how many postcards and coins does he have?

Dominic drew this model.

Dominic used these steps to solve.
5 × 12 + 4 × 20 – 15 = n
60 + 4 × 20 – 15 = n
64 × 20 – 15 = n
1,280 – 15 = n
1,265 = n
Look at the steps Dominic used to solve this problem. Find and describe his error.

Answer: Dominic didn’t follow the order of operations

Question 11.
Use the correct steps to solve the problem.

Answer:
5 × 12 + 4 × 20 – 15 = n
60+4×20-15=n
60+80-15=n
140-15=n
125=n

Common Core – Solve Multistep Problems Using Equations – Page No. 135

Find the value of n.

Question 1.
4 × 27 + 5 × 34 – 94 = n
108 + 5 × 34 – 94 = n
108 + 170 – 94 = n
278 – 94 = n
184 = n

Question 2.
7 × 38 + 3 × 45 – 56 = n
_____ = n

Answer: 345.

Explanation: 7×38+3×45-56=
=266+135-56
=401-56
=345

Question 3.
6 × 21 + 7 × 29 – 83 = n
_____ = n

Answer: 246

Explanation: 6×21+7×29-83=
=126+203-83
=329-83
=246

Question 4.
9 × 19 + 2 × 57 – 75 = n
_____ = n

Answer: 210.

Explanation: 9×19+2×57-75=
=171+114-75
=285-75
=210.

Question 5.
5 × 62 + 6 × 33 – 68 = n
_____ = n

Answer: 440.

Explanation: 5 × 62 + 6 × 33 – 68=
=310+198-68
=508-68
=440

Question 6.
8 × 19 + 4 × 49 – 39 = n
_____ = n

Answer: 309

Explanation: 8×19+4×49-39=
=152+196-39
=348-39
=309

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A bakery has 4 trays with 16 muffins on each tray. The bakery has 3 trays of cupcakes with 24 cupcakes on each tray. If 15 cupcakes are sold, how many muffins and cupcakes are left?

Answer: 121 muffins and cupcakes.

Explanation: 4×16+3×24-15=n
64+3×24-15=n
64+72-15=n
136-15=n
121=n

Question 8.
Katy bought 5 packages of stickers with 25 stickers in each package. She also bought 3 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box. If she receives 8 stickers from a friend, how many stickers and markers does Katy have now?

Answer: 169 stickers and markers.

Explanation: 5×25+3×12+8=n
125+3×12+8=n
125+36+8=n
169=n

Common Core – Solve Multistep Problems Using Equations – Lesson Check – Page No. 136

Question 1.
What is the value of n?
9 × 23 + 3 × 39 – 28 = n
Options:
a. 240
b. 296
c. 2,310
d. 8,162

Answer: 296

Explanation: 9×23+3×39–28=
=207+117-28
=324-28
=296

Question 2.
Which expression has a value of 199?
Options:
a. 4 × 28 + 6 × 17 – 15
b. 4 × 17 + 6 × 28 – 38
c. 4 × 38 + 6 × 15 – 28
d. 4 × 15 + 6 × 38 – 88

Answer: a

Explanation: 4×28+6×17-15=
=112+102-15
=214-15
=199.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which expression shows how you can multiply 9 × 475 using expanded form and the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. (9 × 4) + (9 × 7) + (9 × 5)
b. (9 × 4) + (9 × 70) + (9 × 700)
c. (9 × 400) + (9 × 70) + (9 × 5)
d. (9 × 400) + (9 × 700) + (9 × 500)

Answer: c

Explanation: Distributive property means if we multiply a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and adding the products.
9 × 475= (9×400)+(9×70)+(9×5)

Question 4.
Which equation best represents the comparison sentence?
32 is 8 times as many as 4
Options:
a. 32 = 8 × 4
b. 32 × 8 = 4
c. 32 = 8 + 4
d. 8 + 4 = 32

Answer: a

Explanation: 32=8×4

Question 5.
Between which pair of numbers is the exact product of 379 and 8?
Options:
a. between 2,400 and 2,500
b. between 2,400 and 2,800
c. between 2,400 and 3,000
d. between 2,400 and 3,200

Answer: d

Explanation: 379×8= 3,032

Question 6.
Which of the following statements shows the halving and doubling strategy to find 28 × 50?
Options:
a. 28 × 50 = 14 × 100
b. 28 × 50 = (14 × 25) × (14 × 25)
c. 28 × 50 = (20 × 50) × (8 × 50)
d. 28 × 50 = 2 × (14 × 25)

Answer: a

Explanation: 28×50 = 14×100

Review/Test – Page No. 137

For 1–3, use the table.

Question 1.
What is the cost of 3 Bur Oak trees? Show your work.

Answer: $96.

Explanation: Each Bur oak tree costs $32 for 3 and above, so $32×3=$96.

Question 2.
Mr. Tan buys 4 White Pine trees and 5 Birch trees. What is the cost of the trees? Show your work and explain how you found the answer.

Answer: $188.

Explanation: As 4 white pine trees cost is $37 each, so $37×4= $148 and 5 birch trees cost $8 each, so 5×$8= $40. Total cost of trees are $148+$40= $188.

Question 3.
Rudy will buy 3 Ivory Silk Lilac trees or 2 Bur Oak trees. He wants to buy the trees that cost less. What trees will he buy? How much will he save? Show your work.

Answer: Rudy will take 3 Ivory Silk Lilac trees which costs $66.

Explanation: If Rudy buys 3 Ivory Silk Lilac trees which costs $22 each, so $22×3=$66. And if 2 Bur Oak trees price is $35 each which means $35×2= $70. As Rudy wants to buy the trees that cost less, so he will take 3 Ivory Silk Lilac trees which cost $66.

Review/Test – Page No. 138

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 7 × 194 = 1,338
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: 7×194= 1,338.

Question 4.
b. 5 × 5,126 = 25,630
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: 5×5,126= 25,630.

Question 4.
c. 8 × 367 = 2,926
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: 8×367= 2,936

Question 4.
d. 4 × 3,952 = 15,808
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: 4×3952= 15,808

Question 5.
Part A
Draw a line to match each section in the model to the partial product it represents.

 

Question 5.
Part B
Then find 3 × 146. Show your work and explain.

Answer: 438.

Explanation: By distributive property
3×146= 3×(100+40+6)
=(3×100)+(3×40)+( 3×6)
=300+120+18
=438.

Review/Test – Page No. 139

Question 6.
For numbers 6a–6c, write an equation or a comparison sentence using the numbers on the tiles.
a.


______ times as many as ______ is ______ .

Answer: 8 times as many as 4 is 32.

Explanation: 8×4= 32.

Question 6.
b.

______ × ______ = ______

Answer: 6 times as many as 8 is 48.

Explanation: 6×8= 48.

Question 6.
c.
9 × 3 = 27
______ times as many as ______ is ______ .

Answer: 9 times as many as 3 is 27

Question 7.
Multiply 7 × 43. For 7a–7d, select True or False for each statement.
a. A reasonable estimate of the product is 280.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: 7×43= 301. Take 43 and round off to 40 then 40×7= 280.

Question 7.
b. Using partial products, the products are 21 and 28.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: 7×43= 7×(40+3)
=(7×40)+(7×3)
=280+21. So partial products are 280 and 21.

Question 7.
c. Using regrouping, 21 ones are regrouped as 1 ten and 2 ones.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: 1 ten and 2 ones is 12

Question 7.
d. The product is 301.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: 7×43= 7×(40+3)
=(7×40)+(7×3)
=280+21
=301.

Question 8.
It costs 9,328 points to build each apartment building in the computer game Big City Building. What is the cost to build 5 apartment buildings? Show your work.

Answer: 46,640 points.

Explanation: The cost of each building apartment is 9,328 points. To build 5 apartments its costs 9,3287×5= 46,640 points.

Review/Test – Page No. 140

Question 9.
Multiply 7 × 462 using place value and expanded form.
Choose the number from the box to complete the expression.

Answer: 400, 60, 2

Explanation: 7×462= 7×(400+60+2).

Question 10.
For numbers 10a–10b, use place value to find the product.
a.
3 × 600 = 3 × ______ hundreds
= ______ hundreds
______

Answer: 6 hundreds, 18 hundreds , 1800

Explanation: 3 × 600 = 3 × 6 hundreds
= 18 hundreds
= 1800.

Question 10.
b.
5 × 400 = 5 × ______ hundreds
______ hundreds
______

Answer: 4hundreds, 20hundreds, 2,000.

Explanation: 5 × 400 = 5 × 4hundreds
= 20 hundreds
= 2,000.

Question 11.
Liam has 3 boxes of baseball cards with 50 cards in each box. He also has 5 boxes with 40 basketball cards in each box. If Liam goes to the store and buys 50 more baseball cards, how many baseball and basketball cards does Liam have? Show your work.

Answer: Liam has 400 baseball and baseball cards.

Explanation: Liam has 3 boxes of baseball cards and there are 50 cards in each box, so total cards are 50×3= 150 baseball cards. And he has 5 boxes with 40 baseball cards in each box which means 5×40= 200. So total baseball cards are 150+200= 350. And he went to the store to buy 50 more baseball cards, so total baseball cards are 350+50= 400.

Review/Test – Page No. 141

Question 12.
There is a book sale at the library. The price for each book is $4. Which expression can be used to show how much money the library will make if it sells 289 books? Use the numbers on the tiles to complete your answer.

(4 × ______) + (4 × ______) + (4 × ______)

Answer: 200, 80, 9.

Explanation: As the price of each book is $4, so for 289 books it will be 4×289
= 4×(200+80+9)
=(4×200)+(4×80)+(4×9)
=800+320+36
=1,156.

Question 13.
Find 8 × 397. Show your work and explain why the strategy you chose works best with the factors.

Answer: 3,176.

Explanation: 8×397= 8×(300+90+7)
=(8×300)+(8×90)+(8×7)
=2400+720+56
=3,176.

Question 14.
A clown bought 6 bags of round balloons with 24 balloons in each bag. The clown also bought 3 bags of long balloons with 36 balloons in each bag.
Part A
How many more long balloons than round balloons did the clown buy? Show your work.
______ balloons

Answer: 36.

Explanation: As clown bought 6 bags of round balloons with 24 balloons in each bag, so
6×24= 144 and 3 bags of long balloons with 36 balloons in each bag, so 3×36= 108, So
144-108= 36.

Question 14.
Part B
The clown also bought 5 bags of heart-shaped balloons with 14 balloons in each bag. When the clown blew up all of the round, long, and heart-shaped balloons, 23 balloons burst. How many blown-up balloons were left? Explain your answer.
______ blown-up balloons

Answer: 299.

Explanation: The no. of heart-shaped balloons 5×14= 70. Then add that number to the number of round balloons and long balloons 70+144+108= 322 balloons in all. Then subtract the number of burst balloons, so 322-23= 299 balloons left.

Review/Test – Page No. 142

Question 15.
Hector planted 185 flowers in 2 days. There were 5 volunteers, including Hector, who each planted about the same number of flowers. About how many flowers did they plant?

Answer: 1000.

Explanation: Hector planted 185 flowers in 2 days, so 5 volunteers can plant 185×5= 925.

Question 16.
Jay and Blair went fishing. Together, they caught 27 fish. Jay caught 2 times as many fish as Blair. How many fish did Jay and Blair each catch? Write an equation and solve. Explain your work.
Jay: ______ fish;         Blair: ______ fish

Answer: Blair caught 9 fishes and Jay caught 18 fishes.

Explanation: Blair caught n fish and Jay caught 2×n fish. Together they caught 3×n fish, so
3×n= 27 and n= 9 fishes, and 2×n= 18 fishes. Blair caught 9 fishes and Jay caught 18 fishes

Question 17.
At the pet fair, Darlene’s dog weighed 5 times as much as Leah’s dog. Together, the dogs weighed 84 pounds. How much did each dog weigh? Complete the bar model. Write an equation and solve.

Leah’s dog: ______ pounds; Darlene’s dog: ______ pounds;

Answer: Leah’s dog is 14 pound and Darlene’s dog weight is 70 pounds.

Explanation:

Let Leah’s dog weight be X and Darlene’s is 5 times as many as Leah’s, so Darlene’s dog weight be 5X. As together weight is 84 pounds, then X+5X= 84 and X= 14. So Leah’s dog weight is 14 and Darlene’s dog weight is 5×14= 70.

Question 18.
Use the Distributive Property to model the product on the grid.
Record the product.

4 × 12 = ______

Answer: 4×12= 48.

Explanation: 4×12=4×(10+2)
=(4×10)+(4×2)
=40+8
=48

Page No. 147

Question 1.
Find 20 × 27. Tell which method you chose. Explain what happens in each step.

Answer: 540

Explanation: It is mental maths. Because 2×27= 54 and 20×27= 540.

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 2.
10 × 12 = ______

Answer: 120

Explanation: Mental math, as 1×12=12 and 10×12= 120

Question 3.
20 × 20 = ______

Answer: 400

Explanation: Mental math, as 2×2=4 and 20×20= 400

Question 4.
40 × 24 = ______

Answer: 960

Explanation: Mental math, as 4×24=96 and 40×24= 960

Question 5.
11 × 60 = ______

Answer: 660

Explanation: Mental math, as 11×6=66 and 11×60= 660

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 6.
70 × 55 = ______

Answer: 3850

Explanation: Mental math, as 7×55=385 and 70×55= 3850

Question 7.
17 × 30 = ______

Answer: 510

Explanation: Mental math, as 17×3=51 and 17×30= 510

Question 8.
30 × 60 = ______

Answer: 1800

Explanation: Mental math, as 30×60=1800 and 30×60= 1800

Question 9.
12 × 90 = ______

Answer: 1080

Explanation: Mental math, as 12×9=108 and 12×90= 1080.

Reason Quantitatively Algebra Find the unknown digit in the number.

Question 10.
64 × 40 = 2,56■
■ = ______

Answer: 2,560

Explanation: Mental math, as 64×4=256 and 64×40= 510

Question 11.
29× 50 = 1,★50
★ = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation: Mental math, as 29×5=145 and 29×50= 1450

Question 12.
3⧫× 47 = 1,410
⧫ = ______

Answer: 0

Explanation: Mental math, as 3×47=1410 and 30×47= 1410

Question 13.
Caroline packs 12 jars of jam in a box. She has 40 boxes. She has 542 jars of jam. How many jars of jam will she have left when all the boxes are full?

Answer: 62 jars.

Explanation: Caroline packs 12 jars in a box and she has 40 boxes, so total boxes are
12×40= 480 boxes. As she has 542 jars of jam, so total jars left are 542-480= 62 jars.

Question 14.
Alison is preparing for a math contest. Each day, she works on multiplication problems for 20 minutes and division problems for 10 minutes. How many minutes does Alison practice multiplication and division problems in 15 days?

Answer: 450 mins.

Explanation: As Alison works on multiplication problems for 20 mins and 10 mins on division problems, So total time taken by Alison is 20+10=30 mins. So for 15 days Alison takes
15×30= 450 mins.

Page No. 148

Use the table for 15–16.

Question 15.
Use Graphs How many frames did it take to produce 50 seconds of Pinocchio?

Answer: 950 Frames.

Explanation: Total frames are 50×19= 950 frames.

Question 16.
Are there fewer frames in 10 seconds of The Flintstones or in 14 seconds of The Enchanted Drawing? What is the difference in the number of frames?

Answer: 40

Explanation: The Flintstone frames in 10 seconds are 10×24= 240 and The Enchanted Drawing frames are 14×20= 280. So the difference between them is 280-240= 40.

Question 17.
The product of my number and twice my number is 128. What is half my number? Explain how you solved the problem.

Answer: 4.

Explanation: First make a table to test numbers less than 10 since 10×20= 200, and 2×8= 16 then 8×16= 128 and 8÷2= 4.

Question 18.
Tanya says that the product of a multiple of ten and a multiple of ten will always have only one zero. Is she correct? Explain.

Answer: No.

Explanation: The product of two multiples of ten will always have at least 2 zeros.

Question 19.
For numbers 19a–19e, select Yes or No to tell whether the answer is correct.
a. 28 × 10 = 280
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Question 19.
b. 15 × 20 = 300
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Question 19.
c. 17 × 10 = 17
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Question 19.
d. 80 × 10 = 800
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Question 19.
e. 16 × 30 = 1,800
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf

• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 5)
• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 6)
• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 7)
• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 8)
• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 9)
• Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 10)

Chapter 1-Lesson 2:

• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 11)
• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 12)
• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 13)
• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 14)
• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 15)
• Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 16)

Chapter 1-Lesson 3:

• Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 18)
• Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 20)
• Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 21)
• Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 22)

Chapter 1-Lesson 4:

• Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 24)
• Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 25)
• Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 26)
• Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 27)
• Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 28)

Chapter 1-Lesson 5:

• Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 29)
• Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 30)

Chapter 1-Lesson 6:

• Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 32)
• Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 33)
• Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 34)
• Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 35)
• Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 36)

Chapter 1-Lesson 7:

• Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 39)
• Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 40)
• Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 41)
• Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 42)

Chapter 1-Lesson 8:

• Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 44)
• Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 45)
• Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 46)
• Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 47)
• Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 48)

Chapter 1-Lesson 9:

• Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 50)
• Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 51)
• Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 52)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 53)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 54)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 55)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 56)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 57)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 58)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 59)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 60)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 65)
• Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 66)

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 5)

Question 1.
Describe the pattern in the shapes of the models. What will be the shape of the model for 10,000?

Answer: The pattern shows cube, long, flat, cube. So the shape of the model for 10,000 will be long.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern you see in the sizes of the models. How will the size of the model for 100,000 compare to the size of the model for 10,000?

Answer: Each model is 10 times the previous model, so the model for 100,000 will be 10 times the size of the model for 10,000.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 6)

Value of a Digit

The value of a digit depends on its place-value position in the number. A place-value chart can help you understand the value of each digit in a number. The value of each place is 10 times the value of the place to the right.

Question 1.
The value of the digit 9 is 9 ten thousands, or:

Answer: The place value of the digit 9 in 894,613 is 90,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 8,94,613 is 90,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.
2,304 16,135

Answer: The value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 2,304 is 300. The place value of the digit 3 in 16,135 is 30. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 3 hundreds are ten times as many as 3 tens. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Lesson 1.1 Answer Key Question 2.
STEP 1 Find the value of 3 in 2,304.
Show 2,304 in a place-value chart.

Answer: The value of 3 in 2,304 is 300

Explanation:

Question 2.
STEP 2 Find the value of 3 in 16,135.

Show 16,135 in a place-value chart.

So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is ___________ times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Answer: The value of 3 in 16,135 is 30. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Explanation:
Each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 3 hundreds are ten times as many as 3 tens. So, the value of 3 in 16,135 is 30. So, the value of 3 in 2,304 is 10 times the value of 3 in 16,135.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 7)

Question 1.
Complete the table below.

Answer:

Explanation:

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 2.
703,890

Answer: The value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Question 3.
63,540

Answer: The value of the digit 4 in 63,540 is 40.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 4 in 63,540 is 40.

Question 4.
182,034

Answer: The value of the digit 8 in 182,034 is 80,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 703,890 is 700,000.

Question 5.
345,890

Answer: The value of the digit 5 in 345,890 is 5,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 5 in 345,890 is 5,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 6.
2,000 and 200

The value of 2 in 2,000 is ___________ times the value of 2 in 200

Answer: 10 times.

Explanation: The value of 2 in 2000 is 10 times the value of 2 in 200.

Question 7.
40 and 400

The value of 4 in 400 is ___________ times the value of 4 in 40

Answer: 10 times.

Explanation: The value of 4 in 400 is 10 times the value of 4 in 40.

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 8.
230,001

Answer: The place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Question 9.
803,040

Answer: The place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 230,001 is 30,000.

Question 10.
46,842

Answer: The place value of the digit 2 in 46,842 is 2.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 2 in 46,842 is 2.

Question 11.
980,650

Answer: The place value of the digit 9 in 980,650 is 900,000.

Explanation: Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 980,650 is 900,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 12.
67,908 and 76,908

Answer: The value of 7 in 76,908 is 10 times the value of 7 in 67,908.

Explanation: As the value of 7 in 76,908 is 70,000 and the value of 7 in 67,908 is 7,000. So the value of 7 in 76,908 is 10 times the value of 7 in 67,908.

Question 13.
546,300 and 3,456

Answer: The value of 3 in 3,456 is 10 times the value of 3 in 546,300.

Explanation: As the value of 3 in 3,456 is 3,000 and the value of 3 in 546,300 is 300. So the value of 3 in 3,456 is 10 times the value of 3 in 546,300.

Question 14.
Greg has collected 4,385 pennies and Hannah has collected 3,899 pennies. How many times as great as the value of 3 in 4,385 is the value of 3 in 3,899?

Answer: The value of the digit 3 in 3,899 is 10 times more than the value of the digit 3 in 4,385.

Explanation:
The value of the digit 3 is 4,385 is 300 and the value of 3 in 3,899 is 3000. So the value of the digit 3 in 3,899 is 10 times more than the value of the digit 3 in 4,385.

Question 15.
Shawn wants to model the number 13,450 using base-ten blocks. How many large cubes, flats, and longs does he need to model the number?

Answer: Shawn needs 13 large cubes, 4 flats, and 5 longs.

Explanation: Each large cube represents 1000, so 13 large cubes will represent 13×1000= 13,000, and each flat represent 100 so each 4 flats represent 4×100= 400, and each long represents 10 so 5 longs represent 5×10= 50.
So 13,000+400+50= 13,450.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 8)

Question 14.
What is the value of the digit 7 in the population of Memphis?

Answer: The value of digit 7 in 676,640 is 70,000.

Explanation: The population of Memphis is 676,640, so the value of digit 7 in 676,640 is 70,000.

Question 14.
What is the value of the digit 1 in the population of Denver?

Answer: The value of the digit 1in 610,345 is 10,000.

Explanation: The population of Denver is 610,345, so the value of the digit 1in 610,345 is 10,000.

Question 14.
How many times as great as the value of the digit 1 in the population of Cleveland is this value?

Answer: The value of digit 1 in 431,369 is 1000.

Explanation: The population of Cleveland is 431,369, so the value of digit 1 in 431,369 is 1000.

Question 14.
Which city’s population has a 4 in the hundred thousands place?

Answer: Cleveland is the city with 4 in the hundred thousands place.

Explanation: Cleveland is the city with 4 in the hundred thousands place. As the population of Cleveland is 431,369 and the value of 4 in 431,369 is 400,000.

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 1 Answer Key Question 15.
How many models of 100 do you need to model 3,200? Explain.

Answer: 32 hundreds.

Explanation: As 3 thousands are the same as 30 hundreds, so 30 hundreds+ 2 hundreds= 32 hundreds.

Question 16.
Sid wrote 541,309 on his paper. Using numbers and words, explain how the number would change if he switched the digits in the hundred thousands and tens places.

Answer: The number is 41,359.

Explanation: The number would be 041,359, but since zeros are not recorded when they are in the left-most place value position. So the number now is 41,359.

Question 17.
There are 686,147 books at the Greenville Library. What is the value of the digit 8 in this number?
(a) 80
(b) 8,000
(c) 80,000
(d) 800.000

Answer: The value of the digit 8 in 686,147 is 80,000.

Explanation: As there are 686,147 books in the library, so the value of the digit 8 in 686,147 is 80,000.

Question 18.
The value of 7 in 375,081 is 7,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in thousands place, so the value of 7 in 375,081 is 70,000.

Question 18.
The value of 6 in 269,480 is 600,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 6 is in thousands place, so the value of 6 in 269,480 is 60,000.

Question 18.
The value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As the digit 5 is in hundreds place, so the value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.

Question 18.
The value of 1 in 375,081 is 10.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False.

Explanation: As the digit 1 is in ones place, so the value of 1 in 375,081 is 1.

Question 18.
The value of 4 in 943,268 is 40,000.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As the digit 4 is in thousands place, so the value of 4 in 943,268 is 40,000.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 9)

Model Place Value Relationships

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
6,035
30

Question 2.
43,782

Answer: The value of 7 in 43,782 is 700

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in hundreds place so the value of 7 in 43,782 is 700.

Question 3.
506,087

Answer: The value of 7 in 506,087 is 7.

Explanation: As the digit 7 is in ones place so the value of 7 in 506,087 is 7.

Question 4.
49,254

Answer: The value of 9 in 49,254 is 9,000.

Explanation: As the digit 9 is in thousands place so the value of 9 in 49,254 is 9,000.

Question 5.
136,422

Answer: The value of 3 in 136,422 is 30,000.

Explanation: As the digit 3 is in thousands place so the value of 3 in 136,422 is 30,000.

Question 6.
673,512

Answer: The value of 5 in 673,512 is 500.

Explanation: As the digit 5 is in hundreds place so the value of 5 in 673,512 is 500.

Question 7.
814,295

Answer: The value of 8 in 814,295 is 800,000.

Explanation: As the digit 8 is in hundred thousands place so the value of 8 in 814,295 is 800,000.

Question 8.
736,144

Answer: The value of 6 in 736,144 is 6,000.

Explanation: As the digit 6 is in thousands place so the value of 6 in 736,144 is 6,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 9.
6,300 and 530

The value of 3 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 3 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Explanation:
The value of 3 in 6300 is 300 and the value of 3 in 530 is 30.
So the value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Question 10.
2,783 and 7,283

The value of 2 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 2 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 2 in 2,738 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7,238.

Explanation:
The value of 2 in 2,738 is 2,000 and the value of 2 in 7,238 is 200.
So the value of 2 in 2,738 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7,238.

Question 11.
34,258 and 47,163

The value of 4 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 4 in ___________.

Answer: The value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Explanation:
The value of 4 in 47,163 is 40,000 and the value of 4 in 34,258 is 4000.
So the value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Question 12.
503,497 and 26,475

The value of 7 in ___________ is ___________ times the value of 7 in ___________ .

Answer: The value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 503,497.

Explanation:
The value of 7 in 26,475 is 70 and the value of 7 in 503,497 is 7.
So the value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 503,497.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 13–14.

Question 13.
What is the value of the digit 9 in the attendance at the Redskins vs. Titans game?

The value of 9 is ___________ .

Answer: The value of 9 is 9,000.

Explanation: As the digit 9 is in thousands place, so the value of the digit 9 in 69,143 is 9,000.

Question 14.
The attendance at which game has a 7 in the ten thousands place?

Answer: Ravens vs. Panthers attendance is 73,021

Explanation: The attendance at Ravens vs. Panthers game has a 7 in the ten thousands place.

Common Core – Model Place Value Relationships (Page 10)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During one season, a total of 453,193 people attended a baseball team’s games. What is the value of the digit 5 in the number of people?
(a) 500
(b) 5,000
(c) 50,000
(d) 500,000

Answer: c.

Explanation: The total number of people attended for baseball game are 453,193 and the value of the digit 5 in 453,193 is 5 ten thousands which is 50,000.

Question 2.
Hal forgot the number of people at the basketball game. He does remember that the number had a 3 in the tens place. Which number could Hal be thinking of?
(a) 7,321
(b) 3,172
(c) 2,713
(d) 1,237

Answer: d.

Explanation: The number which has 3 in tens place is 1,237.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hot dog buns come in packages of 8. For the school picnic, Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages of hot dog buns. How many hot dog buns did he buy?
(a) 24
(b) 38
(c) 110
(d) 240

Answer: d

Explanation: The number of hot dog buns in a package are 8 and Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages, so the total number of hot dog buns he bought is 8×30= 240.

Question 4.
There are 8 students on the minibus. Five of the students are boys. What fraction of the students are boys?
(a) \(\frac{3}{8}\)
(b) \(\frac{5}{8}\)
(c) \(\frac{5}{5}\)
(d) \(\frac{8}{8}\)

Answer: b.

Explanation: The total number of students are 8 and in that 5 are boys, so the fraction of the students are boys is \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 5.
The clock below shows the time when Amber leaves home for school. At what time does Amber leave home?

(a) 2:41
(b) 8:02
(c) 8:10
(d) 8:20

Answer: c

Explanation: Amber leaves home for school at 8:10.

Question 6.
Jeremy drew a polygon with four right angles and four sides with the same length.

What kind of polygon did Jeremy draw?
(a) hexagon
(b) square
(c) trapezoid
(d) triangle

Answer: b

Explanation: Jeremy draws a square, as it’s all sides are equal.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 11)

Question 1.
The International Space Station uses 262,400 solar cells to change sunlight to electricity. Write 262,400 in standard form, word form, and expanded form.

Use a place-value chart. Each group of three digits separated by a comma is called a period. Each period has hundreds, tens, and ones. The greatest place-value position in the thousands period is hundred thousands.

Write 262,400 in the place-value chart below.

Answer:
The word form of 262,400 is two hundred sixty-two thousand, four hundred, and the expanded form of 262,400 is 200,000+60,000+2,000+400.

Explanation:

Use place value to read and write numbers.

Question 2.
Word Form: ninety-two thousand,one hundred seventy
Standard Form: ___________
Expanded Form: 90,000 + 2,000 + ___________ + 70

Answer:
Standard Form: 92,170.
Expanded Form: 90,000+2,000+100+70+0.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of ninety-two thousand, one hundred seventy is 92,170.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of ninety-two thousand, one hundred seventy is 90,000+2,000+100+70+0.

Grade 4 Lesson 2 Compare Whole Numbers Answer Key Question 2.
Standard Form: 200,007
Word Form: two hundred ___________
Expanded Form: ___________ + 7

Answer:
Word Form: Two hundred thousand, seven.
Expanded Form: 200,000+7

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 200,007 is two hundred thousand seven.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 200,007 is 200,000+7

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 12)

Question 1.
How can you use place value and period names to read and write 324,904 in word form?

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Answer:
The word form of 324,904 is three hundred twenty-four thousand nine hundred four.
The expanded form of 324,904 is 300,000+20,000+4,000+900+4.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 324,904 is three hundred twenty-four thousand nine hundred four.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 324,904 is 300,000+20,000+4,000+900+4.

Question 2.
four hundred eight thousand, seventeen

Answer:
Standard Form: 408,017.
Expanded Form: 400,000+8,000+10+7.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of four hundred eight thousand, seventeen is 408,017.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of four hundred eight thousand, seventeen is 400,000+8,000+10+7.

Question 3.
65,058

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Answer:
The word form of 65,058 is sixty-five thousand, fifty-eight.
The expanded form of 65,058 is 60,000+5,000+50+8.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 65,058 is sixty-five thousand, fifty-eight.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 65,058 is 60,000+5,000+50+8.

Question 4.
five hundred eight thousand

Answer:
Standard Form: 508,000.
Expanded Form: 500,000+8,000.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of five hundred eight thousand is 508,000.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of five hundred eight thousand is 500,000+8,000.

Question 5.
forty thousand, six hundred nineteen

Answer:
Standard Form: 40,619.
Expanded Form: 40,000+600+10+9.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of forty thousand, six hundred nineteen is 40,619.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of forty thousand, six hundred nineteen is 40,000+600+10+9.

Question 6.
570,020

Answer:
The word form of 570,020 is five hundred, seventy thousand, twenty.
The expanded form of 570,020 is 500,000+70,000+20.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 570,020 is five hundred, seventy thousand, twenty.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 570,020 is 500,000+70,000+20.

Question 7.
400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100

Answer:
Standard Form: 465,100.
Word Form: Four hundred, sixty-five thousand, one hundred.

Explanation:
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of 400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100 is 465,100.
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 400,000 + 60,000 + 5,000 + 100 is Four hundred, sixty-five thousand, one hundred.

Question 8.
During the week of the county fair, fifteen thousand, six hundred nine entry tickets were sold. Is it correct to write the number as 15,069? Explain.

Answer: No.

Explanation: The standard form of fifteen thousand, six hundred nine is 15,609.

Question 9.
There were 94,172 people at a football game on Saturday. On Monday, 1,000 fewer people were at a football game. In word form, how many people were at the football game on Monday?

Answer: The word form of 93,172 is ninety-three thousand one hundred seventy-two.

Explanation: The total number of people are 94,172 as there are 1,000 fewer people on Monday, so the total number of people are
94,172-1,000= 93,172. So the word form of 93,172 is ninety-three thousand one hundred seventy-two.

Question 10.
Richard got 263,148 hits when he did an Internet search. What is the value of the digit 6 in this number? Explain.

Answer: The value of 6 in 263,148 is 60,000.

Explanation: As Richard got 263,148 hits and the digit 6 is in the ten thousands place, so the value of 6 in 263,148 is 60,000.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 13)

Question 11.
Yvonne wrote the numbers sixteen thousand, nine hundred eighteen and 64,704 on the board. Which of the numbers has a greater value in the thousands place?

Answer: 16,918 has a greater value in the thousands place.

Explanation: As Yvonne wrote sixteen thousand, nine hundred eighteen in word form, so standard form is 16,918. And 64,704 was written on board, so the number with greater value in thousands place is 16,918 as the digit 6 is in thousands place wherein 64,704 the digit 4 is in thousands place. So 16,918 has greater value in thousands place.

Question 12.
Matthew found the sum of 3 thousands 4 hundreds 3 tens 1 one + 4 thousands 8 hundreds 3 tens 5 ones. Victoria found the sum of 5 thousands 7 hundreds 4 ones + 3 thousands 2 hundreds 3 tens 1 one. Who had the greater sum? What was the greater sum?

Who had the greater sum?
What was the greater sum?

Answer: Victoria had a greater sum and the sum is 8,935.

Explanation: The sum of Matthew is 3 thousands 4 hundreds 3 tens 1 one (3431) + 4 thousands 8 hundreds 3 tens 5 ones (4835)= 8,266 and the sum of Victoria 5 thousands 7 hundreds 4 ones (5704) + 3 thousands 2 hundreds 3 tens 1 one (3231)= 8,935. So Victoria had the greater sum and the sum is 8,935.

Use the table for 13–15.

Question 13.
Use Graphs Which city has a population of two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four?

Answer: Greensboro

Explanation: Greensboro has two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four population and it was represented word form and the standard form of two hundred fifty-five thousand, one hundred twenty-four is 255,124.

Question 14.
Write the population of Raleigh in expanded form and word form.

Answer: The expanded form of 405,612 is 400,000+5,000+600+10+2 and the word form of 405,612 is four hundred five thousand, six hundred twelve.

Explanation: The population of Raleigh city is 405,612 and the expanded form of 405,612 is 400,000+5,000+600+10+2 and the word form of 405,612 is four hundred five thousand, six hundred twelve.

Question 15.
What’s the Error? Sophia said that the expanded form for 605,970 is 600,000 + 50,000 + 900 + 70. Describe Sophia’s error and give the correct answer.

Answer: The error in Sophia’s expanded form is 600,000+5,000+900+70.

Explanation: The error in Sophia’s expanded form is 600,000+5,000+900+70 as digit 5 is in the thousands place.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 14)

Question 16.
Mark tossed six balls while playing a number game. Three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in another section. His score is greater than one hundred thousand. What could his score be?

a. What do you know?

Answer: Mark’s score will be 300,000+30,000= 330,000.

Explanation: As Mark tossed six balls while playing a number game and that three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in one section, and three balls landed in another section. Since his score is greater than one hundred thousand, which means that three of the balls landed in the section of 100,000 this will make the score 300,000. If the other three balls, landed in the section of 10,000 this will make the score of three balls to be 30,000. Therefore Mark’s score will be 300,000+30,000= 330,000.

Question 16.
b. How can you use what you know about place value to find what Mark’s score could be?

Answer: To find Mark’s score we will see where the ball will be landed. If the ball is landed in the 100,000 section then the score will be 100,000 and if the ball is landed in the 10,000 section then the score will be 10,000.

Question 16.
c. Draw a diagram to show one way to solve the problem.

Answer:

Question 16.
Complete the sentences.
Three balls could have landed in the ___________ section.
Three balls could have landed in the ___________ section.
Mark’s score could be ___________

Answer:
Three balls could have landed in the  100,000 section.
Three balls could have landed in the 10,000 section.
Mark’s score could be 330,000.

Question 17.
What is another way to write 615,004?
Mark all that apply.
(a) six hundred fifteen thousand, four
(b) six hundred five thousand, fourteen
(c) 60,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4
(d) 600,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4

Answer: a,c.

Explanation: The another way to write 615,004 is six hundred fifteen thousand, four and 600,000 + 10,000 + 5,000 + 4

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 15)

Read and Write Numbers

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Question 1.
six hundred ninety-two thousand, four
standard form: 692,004;
expanded form: 600,000 + 90,000 + 2,000 + 4

Question 2.
314,207

Answer:
Word Form: Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
Expanded Form: 300,000+10,000+4,000+200+7.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 314,207 is Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
The expanded form is a way to write numbers by showing the value of each digit. So the expanded form of 314,207 is 300,000+10,000+4,000+200+7.

Question 3.
600,000 + 80,000 + 10

Answer:
Word Form: Six hundred eighty thousand ten.
Standard Form: 680,010.

Explanation:
A word form is a way to write the numbers in words. So word form of 314,207 is Three hundred fourteen, two hundred seven.
A standard form is a way to write large numbers in a short way. So the standard form of 600,000 + 80,000 + 10 is 680,010.

Use the number 913,256.

Question 4.
Write the name of the period that has the digits 913.

Answer: The name of the period that has the digits 913 is Thousand

Explanation: The name of the period that has the digits 913 is Thousand. As we got two periods and 913 are in thousands period and 256 are in units period.

Question 5.
Write the digit in the ten thousands place.

Answer: 1.

Explanation: In 913,256, the digit 1 is in the ten thousands place.

Question 6.
Write the value of the digit 9.

Answer: The value of 9 is nine hundred thousands.

Explanation: In 913,256 the digit 9 is in hundred thousands place, so the value of 9 is nine hundred thousands or 900,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 7 and 8.

Question 7.
Which state had a population of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four?

Answer: South Dakota

Explanation: The population of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four is South Dakota which is 804,194.

Question 8.
What is the value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population?

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population is 80,000.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 16)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Based on a 2008 study, children 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television. What is this number written in
standard form?
(a) 6,918
(b) 69,108
(c) 69,180
(d) 690,108

Answer: b

Explanation: As 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television, the standard form of sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight is 69,108

Question 2.
What is the value of the digit 4 in the number 84,230?
(a) 4
(b) 400
(c) 4,000
(d) 40,000

Answer: c

Explanation: The value of the digit 4 in the number 84,230 is 4,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An ant has 6 legs. How many legs do 8 ants have in all?
(a) 14
(b) 40
(c) 45
(d) 48

Answer: d

Explanation: As an ant has 6 legs, so for 8 ants 6×8= 48 legs.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Question 4.
Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks. There are 7 days in a week. How many days is it until Latricia’s vacation?
(a) 9 days
(b) 11 days
(c) 20 days
(d) 28 days

Answer: d

Explanation: As Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks and a week has 7 days, so for 4 weeks it will be 4×7= 28 days.

Question 5.
Marta collected 363 cans. Diego collected 295 cans. How many cans did Marta and Diego collect in all?
(a) 668
(b) 658
(c) 568
(d) 178

Answer: b

Explanation: Marta collected 363 cans and Diego collected 295 cans, so total number of cans both collected are 363+295= 658.

Question 6.
The city Tim lives in has 106,534 people. What is the value of the 6 in 106,534?
(a) 6,000
(b) 600
(c) 60
(d) 6

Answer: a

Explanation: The value of 6 in 106,534 is 6,000.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 18)

Question 1.
Compare 15,327 and 15,341.
Write <, >, or =. Use the number line to help.

15,327 _______ 15,341

Answer: 15,327 < 15,341

Explanation: The number 15,327 < 15,341 as 327 is less than 341.

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 2.
$631,328 _______ $640,009

Answer: $631,328 < $640,009.

Explanation: The number $631,328 < $640,009.

Question 3.
56,991 _______ 52,880

Answer: 56,991 > 52,880.

Explanation: The number 56,991 > 52,880.

Question 4.
708,561 _______ 629,672

Answer: 708,561 > 629,672.

Explanation: The number 708,561 > 629,672.

Question 5.
143,062 _______ 98,643

Answer: 143,062 > 98,643.

Explanation: The number 143,062 > 98,643.

Order from greatest to least.

Question 6.
20,650; 21,150; 20,890
________ ; ________ ; ________.

Answer: 21,150>20,890>20,650.

Explanation: The numbes from greatest to least are 21,150>20,890>20,650.

Common Core – Read and Write Numbers (Page 19)

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 7.
$2,212 _______ $2,600

Answer: $2,212 < $2,600.

Explanation: The number $2,212 < $2,600.

Question 8.
88,304 _______ 88,304

Answer: 88,304 = 88,304.

Explanation: The number 88,304 = 88,304.

Question 9.
$524,116 _______ $61,090

Answer: $524,116 > $61,090.

Explanation: The number $524,116 > $61,090.

Question 10.
751,272 _______ 851,001

Answer: 751,272 < 851,001.

Explanation: The number 751,272 < 851,001.

Order from least to greatest.

Question 11.
41,090; 41,190; 40,009
_______ ; _______ ; _______

Answer: 40,009<41,090<41,190.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 40,009<41,090<41,190.

Question 12.
910,763; 912,005; 95,408
_______ ; _______ ; _______

Answer: 95,408<910,763<912,005.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 95,408<910,763<912,005.

Identify Relationships Algebra Write all of the digits that can replace each

Question 13.
567 < 5 _______ 5 < 582

Answer: 567<575<582.

Explanation: The suitable number to fit the equation is 7, so 567<575<582.

Question 14.
464,545 > 4 _______ 3,535 > 443,550
464,545 > 4 _______ 3,535 > 443,550

Answer:
464,545>453,535>443,550.
464,545>463,535>443,550.

Explanation: The suitable number to fit the equation is 5 or 6. So
464,545>453,535>443,550.
464,545>463,535>443,550.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Answer Key Question 15.
Leah’s car has 156,261 miles on the odometer. Casey’s car has 165,002 miles on the odometer. Mike’s car has 145,834 miles on the odometer. Whose car has the most miles? Order the number of miles from least to greatest.

Answer: Casey’s car has the most miles and the order of the miles from least to greatest is 145,834<156,261<165,002.

Explanation: Leah’s car has 156,261 miles and Casey’s car has 165,002 miles and Mike’s car has 145,834 miles. So Casey’s car has the most miles and the order of the miles from least to greatest is 145,834<156,261<165,002.

Question 16.
At Monica’s Used Cars, the sales staff set a goal of $25,500 in sales each week. The sales for three weeks were $28,288; $25,369; and $25,876. Which total did not meet the goal?
(a) $28,288
(b) $25,369
(c) $25,876

Answer: b

Explanation: $25,369 did not meet the goal. As the staff set the goal to $25,500 and $25,369 is less than $25,500.

Question 17.
What’s the Error? Max said that 36,594 is less than 5,980 because 3 is less than 5. Describe Max’s error and give the correct answer.

Answer: 3 is less than 5 but 30,000 is greater than 5,000 that is Max’s error.

Explanation: 3 is less than 5 but the digit 3 in 36,594 is in ten thousands place so the place value of 3 is 30,000 and the digit 5 in 5,980 is in thousands places and the place value of 5 is 5000. This is Max’s error.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 20)

Use the picture graph for 18–20.

Question 18.
Use Graphs In which month did Grand Canyon National Park have about 7,500 tent campers?

Answer: September.

Explanation: We can see from the above figure that September month has 5000+2500= 7500.

Question 19.
How many more campers were there in July and August than in June and September?

Answer: 10,000 more campers in July and August.

Explanation:
The campers in July and August are 15,000+12,500= 27,500
The campers in June and September are 10,000+7,500= 17,500
So 27,500 – 17,500 = 10,000 more campers in July and August.

Question 20.
What if during the month of October, the park had 22,500 tent campers? How many symbols would be placed on the pictograph for October?

Answer: There will be four full symbols and one-half symbol.

Explanation: As each symbol represents 5,000 tent campers, for 22,500 tent campers there will be four full symbols and one half symbol which means 5,000+5,000+5,000+5,000+2,500= 22,500.

Question 21.
What’s the Question?

Compare: 643,251; 633,512; and 633,893.
The answer is 633,512.

Answer: What is the least number?

Explanation: As we can see in the given answer 633,512 is less than the other two numbers. So the question would be What is the least number?

Question 22.
Zachary’s school set a goal of collecting 12,155 cans of food each day. In the first 3 days the school collected 12,250 cans; 10,505 cans; and 12,434 cans. Write each number in the box that tells whether or not the school met its goal.

(a) 12,250 cans
(b) 10,505 cans
(c) 12,434 cans

Answer: 12,250 and 12,434 met the daily goal and 10,505 didn’t meet the daily goal.

Explanation: As Zachary’s school set a goal of collecting 12,155 cans of food each day, so 12,250 and 12,434 met the daily goal and 10,505 didn’t meet the daily goal.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 21)

Compare and Order Numbers

Compare. Write < .> or =.

Question 1.
3,273 < 3,279

Question 2.
$1,323 _______ $1,400

Answer: $1,323 < $1,400.

Explanation: The number $1,323 is less than $1,400.

Question 3.
52,692 _______ 52,692

Answer: 52,692 = 52,692.

Explanation: The number 52,692 is equal to 52,692.

Question 4.
$413,005 _______ $62,910

Answer: $413,005 > $62,910

Explanation: The number $413,005 is greater than $62,910

Question 5.
382,144 _______ 382,144

Answer: 382,144= 382,144

Explanation: The number 382,144 is equal to 382,144

Question 6.
157,932 _______ 200,013

Answer: 157,932 < 200,013

Explanation: The number 157,932 is less than 200,013.

Question 7.
401,322 _______ 410,322

Answer: 401,322 < 410,322.

Explanation: The number 401,322 is less than 410,322.

Question 8.
989,063 _______ 980,639

Answer: 989,063 > 980,639

Explanation: The number 989,063 is greater than 980,639.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Pdf Question 9.
258,766 _______ 258,596

Answer: 258,766 > 258,596.

Explanation: The number 258,766 is greater than 258,596.

Order from least to greatest.

Question 10.
23,710; 23,751; 23,715
_______< _______ < _______

Answer: 23,710<23,715<23,751

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 23,710<23,715<23,751

Question 11.
52,701; 54,025; 5,206
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: 5,206<52,701<54,025.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 5,206<52,701<54,025.

Question 12.
465,321; 456,321; 456,231
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: 456,231<456,321<465,321.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest are 456,231<456,321<465,321.

Question 13.
$330,820; $329,854; $303,962
_______ < _______ < _______

Answer: $329,854<$303,962<$330,820.

Explanation: The numbers from least to greatest $329,854<$303,962<$330,820.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
An online newspaper had 350,080 visitors in October, 350,489 visitors in November, and 305,939 visitors in December. What is the order of the months from greatest to least number of visitors?
1. _______
2. _______
3. _______

Answer: November, October, December.

Explanation: As 350,489 is greater than 305,939. So the order of the months from greatest to the least number of visitors are November, October, and December.

Question 15.
The total land area in square miles of each of three states is shown below.
Colorado: 103,718
New Mexico: 121,356
Arizona: 113,635
What is the order of the states from least to greatest total land area?
1. _______
2. _______
3. _______

Answer: Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico.

Explanation: As 103,718 is less than 113,635 is less than 121,356. So the order of the state from least to greatest is Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico.

Common Core – Compare and Order Numbers (Page 22)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
At the yearly fund-raising drive, the nonprofit company’s goal was to raise $55,500 each day. After three days, it had raised $55,053; $56,482; and $55,593. Which amount was less than the daily goal?
(a) $55,500
(b) $55,053
(c) $55,593
(d) $56,482

Answer: b

Explanation: As the goal is to raise $55,500 each day and $55,053 didn’t reach the goal. As $55,053 is less than $55,550.

Question 2.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
(a) 60,343; 60,433; 63,043
(b) 83,673; 86,733; 86,373
(c) 90,543; 90,048; 93,405
(d) 20,433; 20,343; 20,043

Answer: d

Explanation: The numbers in order from greatest to least is 20,433, 20,343, 20,043.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jess is comparing fractions. Which fraction is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\)?
(a) \(\frac{7}{8}\)
(b) \(\frac{4}{5}\)
(c) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
(d) \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: a

Explanation: As \(\frac{5}{6}\) in decimals is 0.83 and
\(\frac{7}{8}\)= 0.875
\(\frac{4}{5}\)= 0.80
\(\frac{3}{4}\)= 0.75
\(\frac{2}{3}\)= 0.67
So, \(\frac{7}{8}\) is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\).

Question 4.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?

(a) 14 inches
(b) 26 inches
(c) 28 inches
(d) 48 inches

Answer: c.

Explanation: The perimeter of the rectangle is 2(l+w)
= 2(8+6)
= 2(14)
= 28 inches.

Question 5.
A website had 826,140 hits last month. What is the value of the 8 in 826,140?
(a) 800
(b) 8,000
(c) 80,000
(d) 800,000

Answer:

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in 826,140 is 800,000.

Question 6.
Which is 680,705 written in expanded form?
(a) 680 + 705
(b) 68,000 + 700 + 5
(c) 600,000 + 8,000 + 700 + 5
(d) 600,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 5

Answer: d

Explanation: The expanded form of 680,705 is 600,000+80,000+700+5

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 24)

Question 1.
What number is halfway between 100,000 and 200,000?

Answer: 150,000.

Explanation: The number is halfway between 100,000 and 200,000 is 150,000.

Question 2.
How does knowing where the halfway point is help you find which hundred thousand 138,202 is closest to? Explain.

Answer: The location of a number relative to the halfway point help you tell if it is closer to the lesser or the greater rounding number.

Question 3.
What number is halfway between 70,000 and 80,000?

Answer: 75,000.

Explanation: The number is halfway between 70,000 and 80,000 is 75,000.

Question 4.
What is 75,000 rounded to the nearest ten thousand? Explain.

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: As 75,000 is exactly halfway between 70,000 and 80,000 rounds to the greater number.

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 5.
64,999

Answer: 60,000.

Explanation: The place value of 6 in 64,999 is 60,000.

Question 5.
850,000

Answer: 800,000.

Explanation: The place value of 8 in 850,000 is 800,000.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Question 5.
301,587

Answer: 1,000.

Explanation: The place value of 1 in 301,587 is 1,000.

Question 5.
10,832

Answer: 0.

Explanation: The place value of 0 in 10,832 is 0 because 0 is in thousands places, so 0×1000= 0.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 25)

Question 1.
Suppose 255,113 people live in a city. Is it reasonable to say that about 300,000 people live in the city? Use the number line to help you solve the problem. Explain.

Answer: Yes, 300,000 is a reasonable estimate.

Explanation: As 255,113 is closer to 300,000 than 200,000. So 300,000 is a reasonable estimate.

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 2.
934,567

Answer: 935,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 934,567 to 935,000.

Question 3.
641,267

Answer: 640,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 641,267 to 640,000.

Question 4.
234,890

Answer: 200,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 234,890 to 200,000.

Question 5.
347,456

Answer: 350,000.

Explanation: Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So round off 347,456 to 350,000.

Question 6.
To the nearest hundred, a factory produced 3,600 jars of applesauce on Thursday and 4,200 jars of apple sauce on Friday. To the nearest thousand, how many jars of apple juice did they produce during the two days?

Answer: 7,800 jars.

Explanation:
The number of jars of apple sauce on Thursday= 3,600 jars
The number of jars of apple sauce on Friday= 4,200 jars.
So the total number of jars they produced during the two days is 3,600+4,200= 7,800 jars.

Question 7.
The number 2,000 is missing a digit. The number rounded to the nearest thousand is 3,000. List all of the possibilities for the missing digit. Explain your answer.

Answer: 5,6,7,8,9.

Explanation: If the digit in the hundreds place 5,6,7,8,9, then the number is closer to 3,000 than 2,000 and if the digit in the hundreds place is 5, the number is exactly halfway between 2,000 and 3,000. So we can round off to the greater number.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 26)

Question 8.
A male elephant weighs 6,728 pounds. A female elephant weighs 5,843 pounds. To the nearest hundred, what is the total weight of the two elephants?

Answer: 12,600 pounds.

Explanation:
The weight of a male elephant is 6,728 pounds
The weight of a female elephant is 5,843 pounds
So total weight is 6,728+5,843= 12,571.
Rounding off to the nearest hundred, so the value is 12,600.

Question 9.
About 300,000 people attended a festival. For numbers 9a–9e choose Yes or No to show whether each number could be the exact number of people that attended the festival.

a. 351,213
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation: By rounding off 351,213 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 351,000 which is more than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
b. 249,899
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No.

Explanation: By rounding off 249,899 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 250,000 which is less than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
c. 252,348
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No.

Explanation: By rounding off 252,348 to the nearest thousands place then the value will be 252,000 which is less than 300,000. So the answer is No.

Question 9.
d. 389,001
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation: By rounding off 389,001 we will get the value as 400,000 but not 300,000. So the answer is no.

Question 9.
e. 305,992
(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: By rounding off 305,992 we will get the value as 300,000 which is equal to 300,000. So the answer is yes.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 27)

Round Numbers

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.

Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.

Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.

Question 2.
123,499

Answer: 123,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value will be 123,000.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Answers Question 3.
552,945

Answer: 600,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is equal to 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 600,000.

Question 4.
389,422

Answer: 390,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 390,000.

Question 5.
209,767

Answer: 200,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 200,000.

Question 6.
191,306

Answer: 191,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 191,000.

Question 7.
66,098

Answer: 70,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 70,000.

Question 8.
73,590

Answer: 74,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is equal to 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 74,000.

Question 9.
149,903

Answer: 100,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 100,000.

Question 10.
684,303

Answer: 684,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is less than 5, so the digit in the rounding place stays the same, and all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero. So the value is 684,000.

Question 11.
499,553

Answer: 500,000.

Explanation: The digit to the right to the underlined number is greater than 5, so the underlined digit will be increased by 1 and will round up to the nearest hundred thousands place. So the value is 500,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 12–13.

Question 12.
Find the height of Mt. Whitney in the table. Round the height to the nearest thousand feet.
_______ feet

Answer: 14,000 feet.

Explanation: The height of Mt. Whitney in the table is 14,494 feet, by rounding off to nearest thousand the height will be 14,000 feet.

Question 13.
What is the height of Mt. Bona rounded to the nearest ten thousand feet?
_______ feet

Answer: 20,000 feet.

Explanation: The height of Mt. Bona is 16,500 feet, by rounding off to the nearest ten thousand the height will be 20,000 feet.

Common Core – Round Numbers (Page 28)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which number is 247,039 rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 200,000
(b) 250,000
(c) 247,000
(d) 7,000

Answer: c

Explanation: The number rounded to the nearest thousand is 247,000.

Question 2.
To the nearest ten thousand, the population of Vermont was estimated to be about 620,000 in 2008. Which might have been the exact population of Vermont in 2008?
(a) 626,013
(b) 621,270
(c) 614,995
(d) 609,964

Answer: b

Explanation: The exact population of Vermont in 2008 is 621,270. As the estimated population is 620,000 and the number is rounded off to the nearest thousand, so the exact population of Vermont is 621,270.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which symbol makes the following number sentence true?
$546,322 Ο $540,997
(a) <
(b) >
(c) =
(d) +

Answer: b

Explanation: The number $546,322 is greater than $540,997.

Question 4.
Pittsburgh International Airport had approximately 714,587 passengers in August 2009. Which number is greater than 714,587?
(a) 714,578
(b) 704,988
(c) 714,601
(d) 714,099

Answer: c

Explanation: 714,601 is greater than 714,587.

Question 5.
June made a design with 6 equal tiles. One tile is yellow, 2 tiles are blue, and 3 tiles are purple. What fraction of the tiles are yellow or purple?
(a) \(\frac{1}{6}\)
(b) \(\frac{2}{6}\)
(c) \(\frac{3}{6}\)
(d) \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: d

Explanation: Total tiles are 6 tiles and in that one tile is yellow and 3 purple tiles and the total yellow and purple tiles are 4 tiles. So the fraction of the yellow tile and purple tile is \(\frac{4}{6}\).

Question 6.
The fourth grade collected 40,583 cans and plastic bottles. Which of the following shows that number in word form?
(a) forty thousand, five hundred eighty
(b) forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three
(c) four thousand, five hundred eighty-three
(d) four hundred thousand, five hundred eighty

Answer: b.

Explanation: The word form of 40,583 is forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three.

Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 29)

Choose the best term from the box.

Question 1.
The _______ of 23,850 is 20,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 50.

Answer: Expanded form.

Explanation: The expanded form of 23,850 is 20,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 50.

Question 2.
You can _______ to find about how much or how many.

Answer: Round.

Explanation: You can round to find about how much or how many.

Question 3.
In 192,860 the digits 1, 9, and 2 are in the same _________

Answer: Period.

Explanation: In 192,860 the digits 1, 9, and 2 are in the same period.

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 4.
380,671

Answer: 80,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 8 in 380,671 is 80,000.

Go Math Chapter 1 Grade 4 Answer Key Question 5.
10,698

Answer: 90.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 9 in 10,698 is 90.

Question 6.
650,234

Answer: 600,000

Explanation: The place value of the digit 6 in 650,234 is 600,00.

Write the number in two other forms.

Question 7.
293,805

Answer:
Expanded form: 200,000+90,000+3,000+800+5.
Word form: two hundred ninety three thousand,eight hundred five.

Explanation:
The expanded form of 293,805 is 200,000+90,000+3,000+800+5.
The word form of 293,805 is two hundred ninety three thousand,eight hundred five.

Question 8.
300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6

Answer:
Standard form: 305,026.
Word form: three hundred five thousand twenty six.

Explanation:
The standard form of 300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6 is 305,026.
The word form of 300,000 + 5,000 + 20 + 6 is three hundred five thousand twenty six.

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 9.
457,380 _______ 458,590

Answer:
457,380 < 458,590

Explanation:
The number 457,380 is less than 458,590.

Question 10.
390,040 _______ 39,040

Answer:
390,040 > 39,040

Explanation:
The number 390,040 is greater than 39,040.

Question 11.
11,809 _______ 11,980

Answer:
11,809 > 11,980

Explanation:
The number 11,809 is greater than 11,980.

Round to the place of the underlined digit.

Question 12.
140,250

Answer: 100,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 1 in 140,250 is 100,000.

Question 13.
10,450

Answer: 400.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 4 in 10,450 is 400.

Question 14.
126,234

Answer: 6,000.

Explanation: The place value of the digit 6 in 126,234 is 6,000.

Common Core – Chapter 1 -Mid-Chapter Checkpoint (Page 30)

Question 15.
Last year, three hundred twenty-three thousand people visited the museum. What is this number written in standard form?

Answer: 323,000.

Explanation: The standard form of three hundred twenty-three thousand is 323,000.

Question 16.
Rachael rounded 16,473 to the nearest hundred. Then she rounded her answer to the nearest thousand. What is the final number?

Answer: 17,000.

Explanation: When we round a number to the nearest we check the tens place digit, if the digit is less than 5 then the number is rounded to the previous hundred while if it is 5 or more than 5 then the number is rounded to the next hundred. As tens place digit is 7, so
16,473= 16,500. And when we need to round the number to the nearest thousand and will check the hundred place digit which is 5. So when 16,500 is rounded off to the nearest thousand the value will be 17,000.

Question 17.
What is the highest volcano in the Cascade Range?

Answer: Mt. Rainier

Explanation: Mt. Rainier is the highest volcano in the Cascade Range with a height of 14,410 ft.

Question 18.
Richard got 263,148 hits when he did an Internet search. What is the value of the digit 6 in this number?

Answer:

Explanation: Richard got 263,148 which is in standard form, so we will convert into expanded form to find the value of the digit 6. The expanded form of 263,148 is 200,000+60,000+3,000+100+40+8. The value of the digit 6 is 60,000.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 32)

Question 1.
How is the number of large cubes and flats in the first model related to the number of flats in the second model?

Answer: 10 flats.

Explanation: We need 10 flats to make a large cube, so 1 large cube and 2 flats are the same as 10 flats and 2 flats or 12 flats.

Question 2.
Can you model 1,200 using only longs? Explain.

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: We need 12 flats to model 1,200. Since there are 10 longs in each flat, you need 120 longs.

Question 3.
You renamed 1,200 as hundreds. How can you rename 1,200 as tens? Explain.

Answer: 120 tens.

Explanation: As each long is a ten, and we need 120 longs to model 1,200. So we will rename as 120 tens.

Question 4.
What would the models in Step A and Step B look like for 5,200? How can you rename 5,200 as hundreds?

Answer: We can rename 5,200 as 52 hundred.

Explanation: In Step A, the model would have 5 large cubes and 2 flats to model 5 thousands and 2 hundreds. In step B, the model would have 52 flats. So we can rename 5,200 as 52 hundred.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 33)

Rename the number. Draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
150
_______ tens

Answer: 15 tens.

Explanation: As each long is a ten, so we need 15 longs to model 150.

Question 2 (request help)
1,400
_______ hundreds

Answer: 14 hundreds.

Explanation: As each box is a hundred, so we need 14 boxes to model 1,400.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Pdf Topic 1 Lesson 1.6 Answer Key Question 3.
2 thousands 3 hundreds
_______ hundreds

Answer: 23 hundred.

Explanation: As each box is a hundred, so we need 23 boxes to model 2,300.

Question 4.
13 hundreds
_______ thousand _______ hundreds

Answer: 1 thousand and 3 hundred.

Explanation: The group of 10 boxes are equal to thousand, so for 13 hundreds we need 1 thousand and 3 hundred.

Rename the number. Use the place-value chart to help.

Question 5.

18 thousands = _______

Answer: 18,000.

Explanation:

Question 6.

570,000 = 57 _______

Answer: 57 ten thousand.

Explanation:

Rename the number.

Question 7 (request help)
580= _______ tens

Answer: 58 tens.

Question 8.
740,000= _______ten thousands

Answer: 74 ten thousand.

Question 9.
8 hundreds 4 tens = 84 _______

Answer: 84 tens.

Question 10.
29 thousands = _______

Answer: 29,000.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 34)

Question 11.
A toy store is ordering 3,000 remote control cars. The store can order the cars in sets of 10. How many sets of 10 does the store need to order?
_______ sets

Answer: 300 sets.

Explanaton: Number of cars ordering by the toy store are 3,000 and the store can order the sets of 10, so number of sets are 3000/10 = 300 sets.

Question 11.
a. What information do you need to use?

Answer: The store is ordering 3,000 remote control cars and the cars come in the set of 10.

Question 11.
b. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find how many sets of 10 the store need to order.

Question 11.
c. How can renaming numbers help you solve this problem?

Answer: We can rename 3,000 as tens to find how many sets of 10 make 3,000.

Question 11.
d. Describe a strategy you can use to solve the problem.

Answer: We can use place value chart to see how many tens are in 3,000.

Question 11.
e. How many sets of 10 remote control cars does the store need to buy?
_______ sets

Answer: 300 sets.

Explanation: 300 sets of 10 remote control cars store needs to buy.

Question 12.
Ivan sold 53 boxes of oranges on Friday and 27 boxes on Saturday during a citrus sale. There were 10 oranges in each box. How many oranges did he sell in all?
_______ oranges

Answer:

Explanation: Ivan sold 53 boxes of oranges on Friday and 27 boxes on Saturday, so total number of boxes are 53+27= 80. As each box contains 10 oranges, so total number of oranges he sold is 80×10= 800 oranges.

Question 12.
Use Reasoning A store sold a total of 15,000 boxes of buttons last month, and 12,000 boxes this month. If the store sold 270,000 buttons, how many buttons were in each box?
_______ buttons

Answer: 10 buttons.

Explanation: As store sold a total of 15,000 boxes of buttons last month, and 12,000 boxes this month, so total number of button boxes sold are 15,000+12,000= 27,000 boxes. And the store sold 270,000 buttons, so total number of buttons in each box are
270,000/27,000= 10 buttons.

For numbers 14a–14d, select True or False for each statement.

Question 14.
a. 9 hundreds 3 tens can be renamed as 39 tens.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: False

Explanation: 9 hundreds 3 tens can rename as 93 tens.

Question 14.
b. 370,000 can be renamed as 37 ten thousands.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Yes, 370,000 can be renamed as 37 ten thousands.

Question 14.
c. 780 can be renamed as 78 tens.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Yes, 780 can be renamed as 78 tens.

Question 14.
d. 42,000 can be renamed as 42 thousands.
(a) True
(b) False

Answer: True

Explanation: Yes, 42,000 can be renamed as 42 thousands.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 35)

Rename Numbers
Rename the number. Use the place-value chart to help.

Question 1.
760 hundreds = 76,000

Question 2.
805 tens = _______

Answer: 8,050.

Explanation:

THOUSANDS			ONES
Hundreds	Tens	Ones	Hundreds	Tens	Ones
		8	0	5	0

Question 3.
24 ten thousands = ________

Answer: 240,000.

Explanation:

THOUSANDS			ONES
Hundreds	Tens	Ones	Hundreds	Tens	Ones
2	4	0	0	0	0

Rename the number.

Question 4.
720 = _______ tens

Answer: 72 tens.

Explanation: The number 720 can be renamed as 72 tens.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Test Pdf Question 5.
4 thousands 7 hundreds = 47 _______

Answer: 47 hundred.

Explanation: 4 thousands 7 hundreds can rename as 47 hundred.

Question 6.
25,600 = _______ hundreds

Answer: 256 hundred.

Explanation: 25,600 can rename as 256 hundred.

Question 7.
204 thousands = _______

Answer: 204,000.

Explaantion: 204 thousands can rename as 204,000.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
For the fair, the organizers ordered 32 rolls of tickets. Each roll of tickets has 100 tickets. How many tickets were ordered in all?
_______ tickets

Answer: 3200 tickets.

Explanation: Total number of rolls of tickets ordered by the organizers are 32 rolls and each roll contains 100 tickets. So number of tickets were ordered are 32×100= 3200 tickets.

Question 9.
An apple orchard sells apples in bags of 10. The orchard sold a total of 2,430 apples one day. How many bags of apples was this?
_______ bags

Answer: 243 bags.

Explantion: Total number of apples sold by orchard are 2,430 apples, and the orchard sells apples in a bag of 10, so number of apples are 2,430÷10= 243 bags.

Question 10.
Explain how you can rename 5,400 as hundreds. Include a quick picture or a place-value chart in your explanation.
_______ hundreds

Answer: 54 hundred.

Explanation: In 5,400 there are 2 zeros and also in 100 there are 2 zeros, so 2 zeros equals hundred and 100= 1 hundred, because it has a 1 front of the 2 zeros. So 5,400= 54 hundreds, because it has a 54 in front of the 2 zeros.

Common Core – Investigate • Rename Numbers (Page 36)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A dime has the same value as 10 pennies. Marley brought 290 pennies to the bank. How many dimes did Marley get?
(a) 29
(b) 290
(c) 2,900
(d) 29,000

Answer: a.

Explanation: As a dime has the same value as 10 pennies, Marley brought 290 pennies. So their will be 290/10= 29 dimes MArley will get.

Question 2.
A citrus grower ships grapefruit in boxes of 10. One season, the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit. How many grapefruit were shipped?
(a) 204
(b) 2,040
(c) 20,400
(d) 204,000

Answer: d.

Explanation: Number of boxes are 10 and the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit. So number of grapefruits were shipped are 20,400×10= 204,000.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 2,605 people at the basketball game. A reporter rounded this number to the nearest hundred for a newspaper article. What number did the reporter use?
(a) 2,600
(b) 2,610
(c) 2,700
(d) 3,000

Answer: a.

Explanation: Number of people at the basketball game are 2,605 as reporter rounded to nearest hundred, so the number will be 2,600.

Question 4.
To get to Level 3 in a game, a player must score 14,175 points. Ann scores 14,205 points, Ben scores 14,089 points, and Chuck scores 10,463 points. Which score is greater than the Level 3 score?
(a) 14,205
(b) 14,175
(c) 14,089
(d) 10,463

Answer: a.

Explanation: Ann score is greater than the level 3 score and the score is 14,205.

Question 5.
Henry counted 350 lockers in his school. Hayley counted 403 lockers in her school. Which statement is true?
(a) The 3 in 350 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 403.
(b) The 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.
(c) The 3 in 403 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 350.
(d) The 3 in 403 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 350.

Answer: b

Explanation: The statement b is correct, as 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.

Question 6.
There are 4 muffins on each plate. There are 0 plates of lemon muffins. How many lemon muffins are there?
(a) 4
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 0

Answer:d.

Explanation: 0 lemon muffins are there.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 39)

Question 1.
Use the grid to find 738,901 + 162,389.

Use the grid to align the addends by place value.

Answer: 901,290

Explanation:

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 2.
72,931 + 18,563
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 90,000.
Sum: 91,494.

Explanation: The sum of 72,931 + 18,563= 91,494.

Question 3.
432,068 + 239,576
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 700,000.
Sum: 671,644.

Explanation: The sum of 432,068 + 239,576= 671,644.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Review Test Question 4.
64,505 + 38,972
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 100,000.
Sum: 103,477.

Explanation: The sum of 64,505 + 38,972= 103,477.

Question 5.
839,136 + 120,193
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 960,000.
Sum: 959,329.

Explanation: The sum of 839,136 + 120,193= 959,329.

Question 6.
186,231 + 88,941
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 280,000.
Sum: 275,172.

Explanation: The sum of 186,231 + 88,941= 275,172.

Question 7.
744,201 + 168,900
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 900,000.
Sum: 913,101.

Explanation: The sum of 744,201 + 168,900= 913,101.

Question 8.
For the first football game of the season, 62,732 fans attended. The number of fans at the second game was 469 more than at the first game. What is the total number of fans that attended the first two games?
_______ fans

Answer: 125,933 fans.

Explanation: The first game had 62,732 fans, the second game was 469 more, so the second game fans attended is 62,732+469= 63,201. The total number of fans attended are 62,732+63,201= 125,933.

Question 9.
Daisy’s Flower Shop sold 135,649 flowers during its first year. The second year, the shop sold 9,754 more flowers than it did its first year. The third year, it sold 1,343 more flowers than it did in the second year. How many flowers did the shop sell during the three years?
_______ flowers

Answer:

Explanation:

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the missing number and name the property you used to find it. Write Commutative or Associative.

Question 10.
(4,580 + 5,008) + 2,351 = 4,580 + ( _______ +2,351)

Answer: Associative property.

Explanation: (4,580 + 5,008) + 2,351 = 4,580 + ( 5,008 +2,351). The associative property states that when three or more numbers are added or multiplied. The sum or the product is the same regardless of the grouping of the addends.

Question 11.
7,801+ _______ =4,890+7,801

Answer: Commutative property.

Explanation: 7,801+ 4,890 = 4,890+7,801. Commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer.

Question 12.
2,592 + 3,385 = 3,385+ _______

Answer: Commutative property.

Explanation: 2,592 + 3,385 = 3,385+ 2,592. Commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 40)

Use the table for 13–14.

Question 13.
What is the combined population of the three major Alaskan cities? Estimate to verify your answer.
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 350,000.
Sum: 352,222.

Explanation: The combined population of the three major Alaskan cities are 352,222.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 1 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Question 14.
The digit 5 occurs two times in the population of Fairbanks. What is the value of each 5? Explain your answer.
First 5: _______
Second 5: _______

Answer:
First 5: 5,000.
Second 5: 50.

Explanation: To find the value of the digit 5 we will expand the 35,252, the expanded form of 35,252 is 30,000+5,000+200+50+2. So the value of first digit 5 is 5,000 and the second digit 5 is 50.

Question 15.
Kaylie has 164 stamps in her collection. Her friend Nellie has 229 more stamps than Kaylie. How many stamps do Kaylie and Nellie have?
_______ stamps

Answer: 393 stamps.

Explanation: Number of stamps did Kaylie has are 164 stamps and Nellie has 229 more stamps, so total stamps Kaylie and Nellie has 164+229= 393 stamps.

Question 16.
Alaska’s Glacier Bay National Park had 431,986 visitors one year. The next year, the park had 22,351 more visitors than the year before. How many people visited during the two years? Show your work and explain how you found your answer.
_______ visitors

Answer: 886,503 Visitors.

Explanation: The number of visitors in Alaska’s Glacier Bay is 431,986 in one year and in the next year the number of visitors is 22,351 more. So the number of people visited in the second year is 431,986+22,351= 454,517. And the number of visitors in two years are 431,986+454,517= 886,503.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 41)

Add Whole Numbers
Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 1.
Estimate: 90,000

Question 2.
73,404 + 27,865
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 100,000.
Sum: 101,269.

Explanation:
73,404     –>   70,000
+27,865     –>+ 30,000
———–       ———–
101,269           100,000

Question 3.
404,446 + 396,755
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 800,000.
Sum: 801,201.

Explanation:
404,446    –>   400,000
+396,755    –>+ 400,000
———–          ———–
801,201             800,000

Question 4.
137,638 + 52,091
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Sum: 189,729.

Explanation:
137,638    –>   100,000
+  52,091    –>+ 100,000
———–           ———–
189,729             200,000

Question 5.
200,629 + 28,542
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 250,000.
Sum: 229,171.

Explanation:
200,629    –>   200,000
+   28,542   –>+   50,000
———–         ———–
229,171             250,000

Question 6.
212,514 + 396,705
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 600,000.
Sum:  609,219.

Explanation:
212,514    –>   200,000
+ 396,705   –>+ 400,000
———–         ———–
609,219              600,000

Question 7.
324,867 + 6,233
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 331,000
Sum: 331,100

Explanation:
324,867    –>  325,000
+  6,233   –>+     6,000
———–         ———–
331,100             331,000

Question 8.
462,809 + 256,738
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 800,000.
Sum: 719,547.

Explanation:
462,809    –>   500,000
+ 256,738   –>+ 300,000
———–         ———–
719,547            800,000.

Question 9.
624,836 + 282,189

Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Estimate: 900,000
Sum: 907,025

Explanation:
624,836    –>   600,000
+ 282,189   –>+ 300,000
———–         ———–
907,025            900,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10–12.

Question 10.
Beth and Cade were on one team. What was their total score?
_______

Answer: The total score is 407,502.

Explanation: Beth scores 251,567 and Cade scores 155,935. So the total score is 251,567+155,935= 407,502.

Question 11.
Dillan and Elaine were on the other team. What was their total score?
_______

Answer: 409,928

Explanation: Dillan score is 188,983 and Elaine score is 220,945. So the total score is 188,983+220,945= 409,928.

Question 12.
Which team scored the most points?
_______

Answer: Second-team scores the most points.

Explanation: Second-team scores the most points which are 409,928 whereas 1st team scores 407,502.

Question 13.
Have students write a story problem that can be solved by finding the sum of 506,211 and 424,809. Have them solve the problem.

Answer: 931,020.

Explanation: Town A has a population of 506,211 and town B has a population of 424,809. What is the total population?
Town A population is 506,211 and town B’s population is 424,809. So the total population is 506,211+424,809= 931,020.

Common Core – Add Whole Numbers (Page 42)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long. Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States. How long is the coastline of Canada?
(a) 100,828 miles
(b) 115,594 miles
(c) 125,594 miles
(d) 237,041 miles

Answer: 125,594 miles.

Explanation: Coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long and Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States, so the total length of the coastline of Canada is 12,383+113,211= 125,594.

Question 2.
Germany is the seventh largest European country and is slightly smaller by area than Montana. Germany has a land area of 134,835 square miles and a water area of 3,011 square miles. What is the total area of Germany?
(a) 7,846 square miles
(b) 131,824 square miles
(c) 137,846 square miles
(d) 435,935 square miles

Answer: 137,846 miles.

Explanation: The land area of Germany is 134,835 square miles and the water area is 3,011 square miles, so the total area of Germany is 134,835+3,011= 137,846 miles.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In an election, about 500,000 people voted in all. Which number could be the exact number of people who voted in the election?
(a) 429,455
(b) 441,689
(c) 533,736
(d) 550,198

Answer: 533,736

Explanation: As 500,000 people are voted so the exact number of people who voted in the election is 533,736.

Question 4.
In 2007, Pennsylvania had approximately 121,580 miles of public roads. What is 121,580 rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 100,000
(b) 120,000
(c) 121,000
(d) 122,000

Answer: 122,000.

Explanation: The number 121,580 is rounded to the nearest thousand is 122,000.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
(a) 33,093; 33,903; 33,309
(b) 42,539; 24,995; 43,539
(c) 682,131; 628,000; 682,129
(d) 749,340; 740,999; 740,256

Answer: 749,340; 740,999; 740,256.

Explanation: The numbers in order from greatest to least is 749,340; 740,999; 740,256.

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the following statement true?
$413,115 ________ $431,511
(a) <
(b) >
(c) =
(d) +

Answer: a

Explanation: $413,115 < $431,511.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 44)

Question 1.
Subtract. Use the grid to record the problem.
637,350 − 43,832

Answer: 1,076,182.

Explanation:

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 2.
14,659 − 11,584
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 3,000
Sum: 3,075

Explanation:

14,659       –>     15,000
– 11,584      –>    -12,000
———–             ———–
3,075                    3,000

Question 3.
456,912 − 37,800
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 420,000.
Sum: 419,112.

Explanation:

456,912     –>     460,000
–  37,800      –>    – 40,000
———–             ———–
419,112                 420,000

Question 4.
407,001 − 184,652
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate:  210,000.
Sum: 222,349.

Explanation:

407,001     –>      410,000
– 184,652      –>   – 200,000
———–             ———–
222,349                 210,000

Question 5.
942,385 − 461,803
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 400,000.
Sum: 480,582.

Explanation:

942,385     –>     900,000
–  461,803      –>   -500,000
———–             ———–
480,582                400,000

Question 6.
798,300 − 348,659
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 500,000.
Sum: 449,641.

Explanation:

798,300    –>     800,000
–  348,659     –>   -300,000
———–             ———–
449,641                500,000

Question 7.
300,980 − 159,000
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Estimate: 141,000.
Sum: 141,980.

Explanation:

300,980   –>     301,000
–  159,000    –>   -160,000
———–             ———–
141,980                141,000

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 45)

Practice: Copy and Solve Subtract. Add to check.

Question 8.
653,809 – 256,034 = _______

Answer: 397,775.

Explanation: 653,809 – 256,034 = 397,775.

Question 9.
258,197 – 64,500 = _______’

Answer: 163,697.

Explanation: 258,197 – 64,500 = 163,697.

Question 10.
496,004 – 398,450 = _______

Answer:

Explanation: 496,004 – 398,450 = 97,554.

Question 11.
500,000 – 145,609 = _______

Answer: 354,391.

Explanation: 500,000 – 145,609= 354,391.

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the missing digit.

Question 12.
6,532 − 4,1_5 = 2,407

Answer: 2

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will subtract 6,532-2,407= 4,125.

Question 13.
_08,665−659,420 = 149,245

Answer: 8

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will add 149,245+659,420= 808,665.

Question 14.
697,320 − 432,_08 = 264,712

Answer: 6

Explanation: To find the missing digit we will subtract 697,320-264,712= 432,608.

Use the table for 15–16.

Question 15.
Estimate Reasonableness How many more acres were grown in 1996 than in 1986? Estimate to check the reasonableness of your answer.
_______ acres

Answer: 200,000 acres.

Explanation: The number of acres in 1986 is 466,256 and the number of acres in 1996 is 656,598. So the number of acres grown in 1996 is 656,598- 466,256= 190,342. So the estimated answer is 200,000 acres.

Question 16.
What is the difference between the greatest number of acres and the least number of acres used for growing oranges?
_______ acres

Answer: 206,830.

Explanation: The greatest number of acres is 673,086 and the least number of acres is 466,256. So the difference between the greatest number of acres and the least number of acres are 673,086- 466,256= 206,830.

Question 17.
Workers at a paper company count the number of boxes of paper in the warehouse each month. In January, there were 106,341 boxes of paper. In February, there were 32,798 fewer boxes than there were in January. In March, there were 25,762 fewer boxes than there were in February. How many boxes were in the warehouse in March?
_______ boxes

Answer: 106,341-58,560= 47,781 boxes.

Explanation: Total number of boxes is 106,341 in January and in February there were 32,798 boxes and in march, there were 25,762 fewer boxes. Total boxes are 32,798+25,762= 58,560, so the number of boxes were in the warehouse in March is 106,341-58,560= 47,781 boxes.

Question 18.
There are 135,663 kilometers of U.S. coastline that border the Pacific Ocean. There are 111,866 kilometers of U.S. coastline that border the Atlantic Ocean. How many more kilometers of U.S. coastline border the Pacific Ocean than the Atlantic Ocean? Solve the problem and show how to check your answer.
_______ km

Answer: 23,797 km.

Explanation: There are 135,663 kilometers of US coastline in the Pacific Ocean and 111,866 kilometers in the Atlantic ocean. So the number of kilometers of US coastline border the Pacific Ocean than the Atlantic Ocean is 135,663- 111,866= 23,797 km.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 46)

Question 19.
What’s the Error? Maryland has an area of 12,407 square miles. Texas has an area of 268,601 square miles. How much larger is Texas than Maryland?

Read how Janice solved the problem.
Find her error.

Texas: 268,601 square miles
Maryland: 12,407 square miles
I can subtract to find the difference.
268,601
–12,407
144,531

Solve the problem and correct her error.

Answer: Texas is 256,194 square miles larger than Maryland.

Explanation:
Texas: 268,601 square miles
Maryland: 12,407 square miles
I can subtract to find the difference.
268,601- 12,407= 256,194.
So Texas is 256,194 square miles larger than Maryland.

Question 20.
Verify Reasoning of Others Describe Janice’s error.

Answer: Janice did not align the digits by place value when subtracted the numbers.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 47)

Subtract Whole Numbers
Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1.

Question 2.
428,731 – 175,842
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Difference: 252,889.

Explanation:
428,731 – 175,842= 252,889
400,000 – 200,000= 200,000.

Question 3.
920,026 – 535,722
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 400,000.
Difference: 384,304.

Explanation:
920,026 – 535,722= 384,304
900,000 – 500,000= 400,000.

Question 4.
253,495 – 48,617
Estimate: ______
Difference: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000.
Difference: 204,878.

Explanation:
253,495 – 48,617= 204,878.
250,000 – 50,000= 200,000.

Subtract. Add to check.

Question 5.
735,249 – 575,388 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 159,861.
575,388+159,861= 735,249.

Explanation:
735,249 – 575,388= 159,861.
575,388+159,861= 735,249.

Question 6.
512,724 – 96,473 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 416,251
96,473+416,251= 512,724.

Explanation:
512,724 – 96,473 = 416,251
96,473+416,251= 512,724.

Question 7.
600,000 – 145,782 = _______
_______ + ______ = _______

Answer: 454,218.
145,782+454,218= 600,000.

Explanation:
600,000 – 145,782 = 454,218.
145,782+454,218= 600,000.

Problem Solving
Use the table for 8 and 9.

Question 8.
How many more people attended the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games?
_______ people

Answer: 133,606 people.

Explanation: The number of people attended for Magic’s game is 715,901 and the number of people attended for Pacer’s games is 582,295. So the number of people more attended for the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games are 715,901-582,295=133,606.

Go Math 4th Grade Workbook Review Chapter 1 Place Value Question 9.
How many fewer people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games?
_______ people

Answer: 87,768 people

Explanation: The number of people attended for Indiana Pacers game is 582,295 and the number of people attended for Los Angeles Clippers is 670,063. So 670,063- 582,295= 87,768 people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games.

Question 10.
Have students write a story problem that can be solved by finding the difference of 432,906 and 61,827. Then have them solve the problem.

Answer: The number of people who attended the football game is 432,906 and the number of people who attended the basketball game is 61,287. How many fewer people attended the football game than attended the basketball game?

Explanation: The number of people who attended the football game is 432,906 and the number of people who attended the basketball game is 61,287. So 432,906- 61,287= 371,619  people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games.

Common Core – Subtract Whole Numbers (Page 48)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
This year, a farm planted 400,000 corn stalks. Last year, the farm planted 275,650 corn stalks. How many more corn stalks did the farm plant this year than last year?
(a) 124,350
(b) 125,450
(c) 235,450
(d) 275,650

Answer: 124,350.

Explanation: A farm planted 400,000 corn stalks this year and 275,650 corn stalks last year, so 400,000-275,650= 124,350 many more corn stalks did the farm plant this year than last year.

Question 2.
One machine can make 138,800 small paper clips in one day. Another machine can make 84,250 large paper clips in one day. How many more small paper clips than large paper clips are made by the two machines in one day?
(a) 44,550
(b) 54,550
(c) 54,650
(d) 154,650

Answer: 54,550.

Explanation: As machine one makes 138,800 small paper clips in one day and the machine makes 84,250 paper clips in one day, so
138,800-84,250= 54,550 many more small paper clips than large paper clips are made by the two machines in one day.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In three baseball games over a weekend, 125,429 people came to watch. The next weekend, 86,353 came to watch the games. How many people in all watched the six baseball games?
(a) 201,782
(b) 211,772
(c) 211,782
(d) 211,882

Answer: 211,782.

Explanation: The number of people attended for three baseball games is 125,429 and 86,353 in next weekend, so
125,429+86,353= 211,782 people watched the six baseball games.

Question 4.
Kevin read the number “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” in a book. What is this number in standard form?
(a) 27,048
(b) 27,480
(c) 207,048
(d) 207,480

Answer: 207,048.

Explanation: The standard form of “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” is 207,048.

Question 5.
A museum had 275,608 visitors last year. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
(a) 275,600
(b) 276,000
(c) 280,000
(d) 300,000

Answer: 276,000.

Explanation: The nearest thousand of the number 275,608 is 276,000.

Question 6.
At the Millville Theater, a play ran for several weeks. In all, 28,175 people saw the play. What is the value of the digit 8 in 28,175?
(a) 8
(b) 800
(c) 8,000
(d) 80,000

Answer: 8,000.

Explanation: The value of the digit 8 in 28,175 is 8,000.

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 50)

During an event, a hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet during the first trip and 850 feet more during the second trip. How far did it travel during the second trip?

Question 1.
What do I need to find?

Answer: We need to find the number of feet the balloon traveled during the second trip.

Question 2.
What information do I need to use?

Answer: We will use the facts that the ballon traveled 5,110 feet during the first trip and 850 feet more during the second trip.

Question 3.
How will I use the information?

Answer: We can draw a diagram or use a bar model to help me find how many feet the ballons traveled during the second trip.

Explanation: As hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet in the first trip and 850 more in the second trip, so the second trip is 5,110+850= 5,960 feet. So, the balloon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Question 4.
How far did it travel during the second trip? And
______ feet

Answer: The ballon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Explanation: As hot air balloon traveled a distance of 5,110 feet in the first trip and 850 more in the second trip, so the second trip is 5,110+850= 5,960 feet. So, the balloon traveled 5,960 feet during the second trip.

Question 5.
Is your answer reasonable? Explain how you know.

Answer: Yes, the answer is reasonable.

Explanation: As 5,960 feet is reasonable because 5,000+1,000= 6,000 and 5,960 is close to 6,000. Since addition and subtraction are inverse operations, we can subtract 850 from the sum to see if we get 5,110.

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 51)

Hot air balloons are able to fly at very high altitudes. A world record height of 64,997 feet was set in 1988. In 2005, a new record of 68,986 feet was set. How many feet higher was the 2005 record than the 1988 record?

Question 1.
First, draw a diagram to show the parts of the problem.

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet.

Question 1.
Next, write the problem you need to solve.

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: The 2005 record was 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet higher.

Question 1.
Last, solve the problem to find how many feet higher the 2005 record was than the 1988 record
______ feet higher

Answer: 3,989 feet higher.

Explanation: The 2005 record was 68,986-64,997= 3,989 feet higher.

Question 2.
What if a new world altitude record of 70,000 feet was set? How many feet higher would the new record be than the 2005 record?
______ feet

Answer: 1,014 feet.

Explanation: The new world altitude record is 70,000 feet, so the new record is 70,000-68,986= 1,014 feet higher.

Question 3.
Last year, the ticket sales for a commercial hot air balloon ride were $109,076. This year, the ticket sales were $125,805. How much more were the ticket sales this year?
$ ______

Answer: $16,729.

Explanation: The ticket sale for last year is $109,076 and this year is $125,805, so $125,805- $109,076= $16,729 much more tickets are sold this year.

Question 4.
There were 665 hot air balloon pilots at a hot air balloon race. There were 1,550 more ground crew members than there were pilots. How many ground crew members were there in all?

______ ground crew members

Answer: 2,215 ground crew members.

Explanation: There were 1,550 more ground crew members and 665 hot air ballon pilots at a hot air ballon. So 1,550+665= 2,215 ground crew members.

 

Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction (Page 52)

Question 5.
Steve Fossett attempted to fly around the world in a balloon several times before he succeeded in 2002. How many more miles did he fly during the 2002 flight than during the August 1998 flight?

______ miles

Answer: 6,247 miles.

Explanation: Number of miles did he flew are during 2002 are 20,482-14,235= 6,247 miles.

Question 6.
Is the combined distance for the 1998 flights more or less than the distance for the 2002 flight?

Answer: The combined distance is 20,038 miles, which is less than 20,482 miles.

Question 7.
Estimate the total number of miles Fossett flew during the six hot air balloon flights. Explain how you estimated.
______ miles

Answer: 55,000 miles.

Explanation: Round off each distance to the greatest place value position, then add 2,000+10,000+6,000+14,000+3,000+20,000= 55,000 miles.

Question 8.
Rusty wants to buy a small hot air balloon that costs $23,950. The cost of training for a license is $2,750. How much will Rusty pay for the balloon and the training?
(a) $21,200
(b) $26,600
(c) $26,700
(d) $36,700

Answer: $26,700

Explanation: Rusty wants to buy a small hot air balloon that costs $23,950 and the cost of training for a license is $2,750, so total Rusty pay is $23,950+$2,750= $26,700.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 53)

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction

Use the information in the table for 1–3.

Question 1.
How many square miles larger is the surface area of Lake Huron than the surface area of Lake Erie?

Think: How can a bar model help represent the problem? What equation can be written?

Question 1.

Question 2.
Which lake has a surface area that is 14,938 square miles greater than the surface area of Lake Ontario? Draw a model and write a number sentence to solve the problem.

Answer: Lake Michigan 22,278 square miles.

Explanation: 7,340+14,938= 22,278.

Question 3.
Lake Victoria has the largest surface area of all lakes in Africa. Its surface area is 26,828 square miles. How much larger is the surface area of Lake Superior than that of Lake Victoria?
______ square milles

Answer: 4,872 square miles.

Explanation: The Surface area of Lake Victoria is 26,828 square miles and the surface area of the Lake Superior is 31,700 square miles. So 31,700-26,828= 4,872 square miles larger.

Question 4.
At 840,000 square miles, Greenland is the largest island in the world. The second-largest island is New Guinea, at 306,000 square miles. How much larger is Greenland than New Guinea?
______ square miles

Answer: 534,000 square miles.

Explanation: The surface area of Greenland is 840,000 square miles and New Guinea is 306,000 square miles. So 840,000-306,000= 534,000 square miles.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 54)

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep. The Puerto Rico Trench in the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep. Based on these data, how many feet deeper is the Mariana Trench than the Puerto Rico Trench?
(a) 8,708 feet
(b) 9,718 feet
(c) 9,808 feet
(d) 63,694 feet

Answer: 8,708 feet.

Explanation: The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep and the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep. So 36,201-27,493= 8,708 feet.

Question 2.
At 1,932 feet, Crater Lake, Oregon, is the deepest lake in the United States. The world’s deepest lake, Lake Baykal in Russia, is 3,383 feet deeper. How deep is Lake Baykal?
(a) 3,383 feet
(b) 4,215 feet
(c) 4,315 feet
(d) 5,315 feet

Answer: 5,315 feet

Explanation: Crater Lake is 1,932 feet and Lake Baykal is 3,383 feet, so 1,932+3,383= 5,315 feet deeper.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following amounts is greater than $832,458?
(a) $82,845
(b) $832,458
(c) $823,845
(d) $832,485

Answer: $832,485.

Explanation: $832,458 is greater than $832,485.

Question 4.
A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people. A stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people. Based on these facts, how many more people does the stadium in Pennsylvania seat than the stadium in Arizona?
(a) 35,576
(b) 35,586
(c) 36,576
(d) 178,988

Answer: 35,576.

Explanation: A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people and a stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people. So 107,282-71,706= 35,576 people seat in the stadium in Arizona.

Question 5.
Which of the following numbers is 399,713 rounded to the place value of the underlined digit?
(a) 390,000
(b) 398,000
(c) 399,800
(d) 400,000

Answer: 400,000.

Explanation: The number 399,713 rounded to the nearest thousand is 400,000.

Question 6.
About 400,000 people visited an art museum in December. Which number could be the exact number of people who visited the art museum?
(a) 478,051
(b) 452,223
(c) 352,483
(d) 348,998

Answer: 352,483.

Explanation: The exact number of people who visited the art museum is 352,483.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 55)

Question 1.
Select a number for ■ that will make a true comparison. Mark all that apply.
703,209 > ■
Options:
(a) 702,309
(b) 703,029
(c) 703,209
(d) 703,290
(e) 730,029
(f) 730,209

Answer: 703,209>702,309, 703,209>703,029.

Explanation: The numbers 702,309, 703,029 are less than 703,209.

Question 2.
Nancy wrote the greatest number that can be made using each of these digits exactly once.

Part A
What was Nancy’s number? How do you know this is the greatest possible number for these digits?

Answer: 985,431.

Explanation: Here we will use place value and we will take the greatest digit and place it in the spot furthest to the left, the hundred thousands column. And place the next greatest digit in the ten thousands column and so on. We know that the place value of each digit to the left is ten times the place value of the digit to its right.

Question 2.
Part B
What is the least number that can be made using each digit exactly once? Explain why the value of the 4 is greater than the value of the 5.

Answer: 134,589.

Explanation: The 4 represents 4,000 and 5 represents 500.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 56)

For 3–4, use the table.

Question 3.
Write the name of each mountain peak in the box that describes its height, in feet.
Between 14,000 feet and        Between 14,301 feet and
14,300 feet                              14,500 feet

Answer:
Between 14,000 feet and 14,300 feet- Crestone Peak, Humboldt Peak, White Mountain.
Between 14,301 feet and 14,500 feet- Blanca Peak, University Peak, Mount Whitney.

Explanation:
Between 14,000 feet and 14,300 feet- Crestone Peak 14,294 ft, Humboldt Peak 14,064 ft, White Mountain 14,246 ft.
Between 14,301 feet and 14,500 feet- Blanca Peak 14,345 ft, University Peak 14,470 ft, Mount Whitney 14,494 ft.

Question 4.
Circle the name of the tallest peak. Explain how you know which of the mountain peaks is the tallest.

Answer: Mount Whitney.

Explanation: Comparing the heights by place value position.

Question 5.
Mr. Rodriguez bought 420 pencils for the school. If there are 10 pencils in a box, how many boxes did he buy?
Options:
(a) 42
(b) 420
(c) 430
(d) 4,200

Answer: 42 boxes.

Explanation: Mr. Rodriguez bought 420 pencils and in a box, there are 10 pencils. So the number of boxes did he bought is
420÷10= 42 boxes.

Question 6.
Bobby and Cheryl each rounded 745,829 to the nearest ten thousand. Bobby wrote 750,000 and Cheryl wrote 740,000. Who is correct? Explain the error that was made.
_________

Answer: Bobby is correct.

Explanation: Cheryl left the ten thousands digit the same instead of increasing it by 1. The digit in the thousands place is 5, so to round to the nearest ten thousand, Cheryl should have increased the ten thousands digit, 4 by 1.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 57)

Question 7.
The total season attendance for a college team’s home games, rounded to the nearest ten thousand, was 270,000. For numbers 7a–7d, select Yes or No to tell whether the number could be the exact attendance.
a. 265,888
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: When 265,888 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 270,000.

Question 7.
b. 260,987
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: When 260,987 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 260,000.

Question 7.
c. 274,499
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: When 274,499 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 270,000.

Question 7.
d. 206,636
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: When 206,636 is rounded off to the nearest ten thousand we will get 210,000.

For 8–10, use the table.

The table shows recent population data for Sacramento, California.

Question 8.
How many children are under 10 years old? Show your work.
_____ children

Answer: 66,416 children.

Explanation: Children under 10 years old are 35,010+31,406= 66,416 children.

Question 9.
How many people are between the ages of 20 and 49? Show your work.
_____ people

Answer: 207,909 people.

Explanation: People between the ages of 20 and 49 are 115,279+92,630= 207,909 people.

Question 10.
How many more children are under the age of 5 than between the ages of 10 and 14? Show your work.
_____ children

Answer: 4,757 children.

Explanation: The children 35,010-30,253= 4,757 children are under the age of 5 than between the ages of 10 and 14.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 58)

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each sentence.
a. The value of 7 in 375,092 is 7,000.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: False, because the value of the digit 7 in 375,092 is 70,000.

Question 11.
b. The value of 5 in 427,593 is 500.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As 5 is in hundreds place, so the value of the digit 5 in 427,593 is 500.

Question 11.
c. The value of 2 in 749,021 is 200.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: False, because the value of the digit 2 in 749,021 is 20.

Question 11.
d. The value of 4 in 842,063 is 40,000.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: The value of the digit 4 in the digit 842,063 is 40,000.

Question 12.
Select another way to show 403,871. Mark all that apply.
Options:
(a) four hundred three thousand, eight hundred one
(b) four hundred three thousand, seventy-one
(c) four hundred three thousand, eight hundred seventy-one
(d) 400,000 + 38,000 + 800 + 70 + 1
(e) 400,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 70 + 1
(f) 4 hundred thousands + 3 thousands + 8 hundreds + 7 tens + 1 one

Answer: c, e, f

Explanation: four hundred three thousand, eight hundred seventy-one, 400,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 70 + 1, 4 hundred thousands + 3 thousands + 8 hundreds + 7 tens + 1 one are the another way of 403,871.

Question 13.
Lexi, Susie, and Rial are playing an online word game. Rial scores 100,034 points. Lexi scores 9,348 fewer points than Rial and Susie scores 9,749 more points than Lexi. What is Susie’s score? Show your work.
_____

Answer: 100,435 points.

Explanation: Rial score is 100,034 points and Lexi scores 9,348 fewer points which means 100,034-9,348= 90686 and Susie scores 9,749 more points than Lexi which means 90,686+9,749= 100,435 points are scored by Susie.

Question 14.
There were 13,501 visitors to a museum in June. What is this number rounded to the nearest ten thousand? Explain how you rounded.
_____

Answer: 10,000.

Explanation: There is a 1 in the ten thousands place. The digit to its right is 3, so the 1 stays the same.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 59)

Question 15.
New Mexico has an area of 121,298 square miles. California has an area of 155,779 square miles. How much greater is the area, in square miles, of California than the area of New Mexico? Show your work and explain how you know the answer is reasonable.
______ square miles

Answer: 34,481 square miles.

Explanation: The area of New Mexico is 121,298 square miles and the area of California is 155,779 square miles. So
155,779- 121,298= 34,481 square miles greater.

Question 16.
Circle the choice that completes the statement.
10,000 less than 24,576 is 1,000 less than 14,576.
_________

Answer: 10,000 less than 24,576 is greater than 1,000 less than 14,576.

Explanation:
10,000 less than 24,576 is 1,000 less than 14,576.

Question 17.
Match the number to the value of its 5.

Type below:
__________

Answer: 45,678 – 5,000      757,234 – 50,000     13,564 – 500.     3,450 – 50.

Explanation:

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 60)

Question 18.
During September and October, a total of 825,150 visitors went to Grand Canyon National Park. If 448,925 visitors went to the park in September, how many visitors went to the park in October? Show your work.
_____ people

Answer:

Explanation: The total number of visitors in September and October is 825,150 visitors and 448,925 visitors visited the park in September, so 825,150-448,925= 376,225 visitors visited in October.

Question 19.
A college baseball team had 3 games in April. Game one had an attendance of 14,753 people. Game two had an attendance of 20,320 people. Game three had an attendance of 14,505 people. Write the games in order from the least attendance to the greatest attendance. Use pictures, words, or numbers to show how you know.
Game _____ ; _____ ; _____

Answer: Game 3; Game 1; Game2.

Explanation: The number of people who attended for game one is 14,753 and game two is 20,320 people, game three is 14,505 people. So the order from the least attendance to the greatest attendance is 14,505<14,753<20,320.

Question 20.
Caden made a four-digit number with a 5 in the thousands place, a 5 in the ones place, a 6 in the tens place, and a 4 in the hundreds place. What was the number?
_____

Answer: 5,465.

Explanation: The four-digit number with 5 in the thousands place, 4 in the hundreds place, 6 in the tens place, and 5 in the ones place made by Caden is 5,465.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 65)

Question 1.
There are 8 students in the art club. There are 3 times as many students in chorus. How many students are in chorus?
So, there are _____ students in chorus.

Answer: There are 24 students in the chorus.

Explanation: The number of students in the art club is 8 students and there are 3 times as many students in the chorus. So number of students in the chorus is 8×3= 24 students. So, there are 24 students in the chorus.

Draw a model and write an equation.

Question 2.
6 times as many as 2 is 12.

Answer: 6×2= 12

Explanation: 6×2= 12

Question 3.
20 is 4 times as many as 5.

Answer: 20= 4×5.

Explanation: 20= 4×5.

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 4.
18 = 9 × 2
_____ is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer: 18 is 9 times as many as 2.

Question 5.
8 × 4 = 32
_____ times as many as _____ is _____

Answer: 8 times as many as 4 is 32.

Write a comparison sentence.

Question 6.
5 × 7 = 35
_____ times as many as _____ is _____ .

Answer: 5 times as many as 7 is 35.

Question 7.
54 = 6 × 9
_____ is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer: 54 is 6 times as many as 9.

Question 8.
One week, Jake and Sally collected canned goods for a food drive. On Monday, Jake collected 4 boxes and Sally collected 2 boxes. At the end of the week, Jake had 3 times as many boxes as he had on Monday. Sally had 4 times as many boxes as she had on Monday. Together, how many boxes of canned goods did they have at the end of the week?
_____ boxes

Answer: 20 boxes.

Explanation:
The number of boxes Jake collected on Monday is 4 boxes and at the end of the week, he collected 3 times as many boxes as he had on Monday, which means 3×4= 12. Sally collected 2 boxes on Monday and at the end of the week, Sally collected 4 times as many boxes as she had on Monday which means 4×2= 8 boxes. So 12 boxes+8 boxes= 20 boxes of canned goods they have collected at the end of the week.

Question 9.
Nando has 4 goldfish. Jill has 3 goldfish. Cooper has 2 times as many goldfish as Nando and Jill combined. Write an equation that compares the number of goldfish Cooper has with the number of goldfish that Nando and Jill have.

Answer: 14 goldfish.

Explanation: Nando has 4 goldfish, Jill has 3 goldfish and Cooper has 2 times as many goldfish as Nando and Jill combined which means the total goldfish Nando and Cooper has are 4+3= 7, so Cooper had 2×7= 14 goldfish.

Question 10.
Represent a Problem Write a comparison sentence about pet food that could be represented using the equation 12 = 4 × 3.

Answer: Cooper bought 12 cans of cat food, which is 4 times the number of cans that he has now.

Problem Solving • Comparasion Problems with Addition and Substraction (Page 66)

Question 11.
Luca has 72 baseball cards. This is 8 times as many cards as Han has. How many baseball cards does Han have?

a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find how many baseball cards Han has.

Question 11.
b. How can you use a model to find the number of cards Han has?

Answer: By drawing a comparison model we can find the number of cards Han has.

Question 11.
c. Draw the model.

Answer:

Question 11.
d. Write an equation and solve.

Answer: Han has 9 baseball cards.

Explanation:
72= 8×n
n= 72÷8
= 9.
So, Han has 9 baseball cards.

Question 12.
Complete the statements to describe each model.

24 is _____ times as many as _____ .           24 is _____ times as many as _____ .

Answer:
24 is 6 times as many as 4.
24 is 4 times as many as 6.

 

Conclusion:
Prepare in Go Math Answer Key and improve your math skills. You can also check your skills after preparation by solving the questions which are provided at the end of the chapter.